Featured

How Many IT Professionals are in Ukraine in 2024?

The IT industry in Ukraine has shown impressive growth, with the number of IT professionals reaching 281,607 in 2024. However, this number could have been even higher. Unfortunately, due to warfare and blackouts, Ukraine’s economy has suffered significantly, which has impacted the development of the country’s technology sector.

Key Takeaways:

  1. The IT industry in Ukraine is experiencing robust growth. As of 2024, the number of IT professionals has reached approximately 281,000 (+1.32% Y2Y).
  2. IT professionals predominantly work in outsourcing companies (44%), product companies or startups (39%), and outstaffing (13%).
  3. The majority of IT professionals (87%) operate under the individual entrepreneurship model. However, some are formalized under the Labor Code (6%), and there’s a smaller fraction operating as gig contractors (1%).
  4. By 2025, the number of IT individual entrepreneurs is predicted to rise to 347,000.
  5. Kyiv and the Kyiv region host the largest number of IT professionals (30% of total), followed by the Kharkiv region (13%), and Lviv (11%).
  6. Despite the ongoing warfare, all regions experienced an increase in the number of registered IT professionals, including those severely impacted by the war.
  7. The IT workforce is predominantly male (71.7%), with women making up 28.3%.
  8. Despite the growth, IT professionals make up only 1.5 to 2.0 percent of the working population in Ukraine, indicating substantial room for growth.

Ukraine is one of many Eastern European nations becoming popular as an offshore/nearshore location for Western countries. But how many developers are currently working in Ukraine and how have these numbers changed over the past year?

As of February 24, 2024, there were 275,279 individual entrepreneurs (IE) in Ukraine working in the IT sector. This information is from the Unified State Register of Legal Entities and Individual Entrepreneurs, provided by Ukrainian analytical service YouСontrol.

Over a year of full-scale war, the number of IT professionals registered as individual entrepreneurs increased by 31,793 people, or by 13%. The growth rate of the number of IT professionals in 2022 was no different from the previous one – in 2021, the number of individual entrepreneurs in IT also increased by 13%. This article will look at the dynamics by year and changes over the past two years in more detail.

Distribution of IT specialists in Ukraine by positions (data from 2022)

Historical data and forecast

According to the “Portrait of an IT Specialist”, in 2022, 87% of Ukrainian IT specialists worked according to the individual entrepreneurship model. Approximately 6% were formalized according to the Labor Code, another 1% as gig contractors, and in 2023 there may be an increase in the number of IT professionals who are formalized this way.

YearNumber of IT Individual Entrepreneurs (in thousands)
201689
2017102
2018123
2019150
2020183
2021212
2022240
2023271.7
2024 (predicted)307.1
2025 (predicted)347.0

Popularity of IT KVEDs (Ukrainian Classification of Types of Economic Activities)

The most popular KVED code under which IT professionals in Ukraine work remains “62.01 Computer Programming” – 186,147 specialists, or 69% of all IT professionals who have open individual entrepreneurship, are registered under it.

In second place is “62.02 IT Consulting” (36,801 professionals, or 14% of all individual entrepreneurs in IT).

In third place is “63.11 Data Processing, Hosting, and Related Activities” (33,412 professionals, 12% of all IT individual entrepreneurs). The number of professionals registered under this code increased by 20% over the year, compared to 13% for all IT KVED codes in general.

Number of IT professionals by region

The largest number of IT professionals is registered in Kyiv and the Kyiv region – together they make up 30% of all IT professionals, or almost 81,000 people. Second in the number of registered IT individual entrepreneurs is Kharkiv region: there are more than 34,000 professionals here, or 13% of the total number of IT individual entrepreneurs. Then comes Lviv (approximately 30,000 professionals, or 11% of all registrations).

Despite the full-scale war, the number of IT professionals registered as individual entrepreneurs has increased in all regions. Even in Kharkiv, Kherson, Luhansk, and Donetsk regions, where active military operations are taking place due to Russian aggression, there has been growth of approximately 10%, although this is less than in other regions.

Women in Tech

In 2024 in Ukraine Women in Tech distribution:

  • Women – 28.3%,
  • Men – 71.7%.

By Company Type

There were almost no changes by type of companies: 44% of the surveyed specialists work in outsourcing companies, and 39% – in product companies or startups, 13% – Outstaffing.

However, not all professionals who have open individual entrepreneurship use it. According to surveys in the Telegram channels (sample – 7,320 professionals), approximately 11% of IT professionals in Ukraine have individual entrepreneurship open in Ukraine but do not use it (do not receive money on it).

Source of this Analysis: It was done by Irina Ippolitova from Dou.ua, where the calculation methodology is described in more detail.

Key takeaways

Using these data, I want to calculate the final number of IT specialists and Developers working in Ukraine or temporarily abroad. For this, we proceed from the figure of 275,279 IE registered specialists. We subtract those who, according to the survey, have individual entrepreneurship but do not provide services – this is minus 11%. And we add another 13% of IT specialists who do not work through the IE scheme.

The IT industry in Ukraine has shown impressive growth, with the number of IT professionals reaching 281,000 in 2024. However, this number could have been even higher. Unfortunately, due to warfare and blackouts, Ukraine’s economy has suffered significantly, which has impacted the development of the country’s technology sector.

Number of IT specialists in Ukraine in 2024

So, in total, we get (275,279-11%)/87% = ~281,607 IT specialists working in Ukraine in February 2024. (+1.32% Y2Y) This is only 1.5 to 2.0 percent of the working population, meaning there is room for growth at least twofold.

The number of IT employees is expected to grow to 347 thousand in the next two years.

Among them by type of company:

Company TypePercentageNumber of Specialists
Outsourcing44%123,907
Staffing13%36,609
Product companies/Startups39%109,827

Outsourcing and Outstaffing employees together – 160,516.

Distribution of IT Professionals in Ukraine by Job Position in 2023

Job PositionPercentage (%)Number of Professionals
Software Engineer50.3%139,899
QA Engineer16.6%46,159
Manager (CTO, Manager, Sales Manager)8.7%24,181
HR/Recruiter4.8%13,341
Analyst/Data Science5.8%16,121
Designer3.3%9,182
DevOps, SRE3.1%8,616
Marketing2.4%6,671
Support/SysAdmin2.3%6,393
Game Developer0.9%2,501
Total100.0%277,945

Number of Software Developers in Ukraine in 2023

Ukraine is home to more than 139 thousand software developers. And 72% of software engineers are male.

Sources:

FAQ

How many IT professionals are there in Ukraine?

According to our reports from February 2024, there were over 281,000 IT employees working in Ukraine, making it one of the largest Tech sectors in Eastern Europe.

Featured

About Apple Employee and Friends&Family Discount in 2024

Confirmed from my insider.

What discounts do employees get on Apple products?
Is it 25% for personal use and 10% for friends and family, and how many of each product can you buy annually?

I think it’s worth getting a job at Apple Inc. just for that!

How much discount do Apple employees get?

What Exactly is the Apple Employee Discount?

Their employee discount is 25% off, it’s a one-time annual discount in each product category: including the iPhone, iPad, computer, and Apple Watch.

You get 500$ every 3 years, within how many days of joining can we claim this.

Apple allows mothers to take four weeks of paid leave before giving birth and 14 weeks after. Non-birth parents get six weeks of paid time off, according to TIME.

About Employee Purchase Program (EPP)

Apple is known for providing great employee benefits, including its Employee Purchase Program. This program allows Apple employees, contractors, and members of participating companies and organizations to purchase Apple products at a discounted price. What’s more, family members and friends of eligible employees can also take advantage of the program.

If you’re eligible, you can purchase or sponsor up to three system bundles or displays, three iPads, three iPhones, three Watches, and up to ten iPods each calendar year. A system bundle includes one CPU and one display (built-in displays count as one display). The products are new or Apple Certified Refurbished products and come with a limited warranty. All third-party products are sold “AS IS” by the Apple Store but may be accompanied by their manufacturers’ standard warranties.

Additional hardware and software products are offered on the EPP store and can be added to any EPP order except for displays offered as part of the system bundles described above.

To place an order, you must go online via the URL provided by your employer to receive the special pricing extended to your employer. All information and terms are subject to change at any time, and the EPP discount and membership and/or participation in the EPP are non-transferable.

It’s important to note that under this program, Apple sells and ships products to end-user customers only. Purchasing for resale is not allowed, and Apple reserves the right to refuse or cancel your order if it suspects you are purchasing for resale.

Program OfferingEligible ProductsQuantity LimitationsTerms and Conditions
Personal DiscountSystem bundles or displays, iPads, iPhones, Watches, and iPodsup to three Mac, three iPad, three iPhone, three Watch and ten iPod each per calendar yearNo more than the eligible quantity amount can be shipped to the same individual or entity; sponsorship is allowed.
AppleCare Protection PlanN/AN/ACan be purchased at special pricing (see apple.com/support/products/ for more details)
AccessoriesAdditional hardware and software productsN/ACan be added to any EPP order (except for displays offered as part of the system bundles)
EPP TermsApple-branded products are new or Apple Certified Refurbished; third-party products are sold ‘AS IS’Products are offered while supplies last and may be added or deleted at any timeEPP discount and membership/participation are non-transferable; purchases must be for personal use and not for resale
APPL StockAAPL (NASDAQ)
Defected itemsDisplays, iPads, iPhones, Watches, and iPodsup to 70% discount but only on defected items

Last news

This company surprises many people, including me! At a time of massive layoffs in the tech industry, they found other ways to keep their team together.

What kind of discount do Apple employees get?

Apple offers a Friends and Family discount for employees, which can be applied to any device in Apple’s stores. Employees must bring in an official work ID and their last pay stub to sign up.

  • one-time annual discount;
  • discount in the Apple Store (except gift cards);
  • family & friends discount;
  • after every 3 years extra bonus.

Are There Any Additional Discounts?

Absolutely! According to a former Apple intern, you can still benefit from a 15% discount on purchases for up to “10 units” even after using your initial 25% discount. This means you can buy products for your loved ones at a discounted price.

Furthermore, as an Apple employee, you will receive a free $500 every two years to spend on whatever you desire. This benefit used to be available every three years, but it was changed to a biennial cycle in 2020. You can even combine the $500 allowance with the 25% employee discount to obtain significant savings.

As per the intern’s statement, this essentially amounts to a free new iPhone every two years.

Are Any Apple Products Excluded?

Nope, everything Apple sells is eligible for the employee or F&F discount.

Basic info about Apple Inc:

  • Apple, which Markets Insider reports has a current market cap of $2,404.28 billion, is one of the most prolific tech companies out there.
  • Using Glassdoor, Business Insider looked into some of its employee benefits.
  • Glassdoor users gave Apple’s overall perks a 4.2 out of 5 stars on the site.

FAQ

Can Apple Inc. employees give discounts to friends?

  • Yes, there certainly are. You can get up to 10 items for family or friends at only 15% off by using the discount provided by your previous affiliation with Apple.

Do discounts work on websites that accept Apple Pay?

  • These discounts can be used only on the official website or in official authorized stores.

How to make an order if I cannot find the information online?

Call Apple Store sales team at 1-877-377-6362

Bottom Line

In summary, if you’re an eligible employee, contractor, or member of a participating company or organization, or a family member or friend of an eligible employee, Apple’s Employee Purchase Program is a great way to purchase Apple products at a discounted price. Just make sure to follow the program’s terms and conditions and enjoy your new Apple products!

Featured

Understanding the Total Cost of Ownership in Software Acquisition

When acquiring software for your business, it’s essential to not only consider the initial purchase price but also the Total Cost of Ownership (TCO). The TCO includes every expense involved in buying, implementing, using, and maintaining the software over its life cycle.

Total Cost of Ownership (TCO) refers to the cumulative costs associated with the development, implementation, maintenance, and usage of the software or app throughout its lifecycle. This includes the initial development or acquisition costs, hardware and software maintenance, system upgrades, user training, technical support, and even costs related to downtime or potential loss of productivity. Evaluating TCO offers a comprehensive understanding of not only the direct costs, but also hidden or indirect expenses, providing a clearer picture of the actual total investment. (TCO Framework: Ellram, L.M. (1993), “A Framework for Total Cost of Ownership”, The International Journal of Logistics Management, Vol. 4 No. 2, pp. 49-60.)

Let’s explore why it’s crucial to calculate the TCO of software acquisition.

Uncovering Hidden Costs

The sticker price of software is often just the tip of the iceberg. There can be numerous hidden costs, including those associated with installation, customization, training, maintenance, upgrades, and licensing. Understanding these costs upfront helps you make a more informed decision and prevents budget overruns.

Comparing Solutions Effectively

By calculating the TCO, you can compare different software solutions more effectively. You may find that while one software has a lower upfront cost, its TCO may be higher due to costs associated with maintenance and upgrades.

Budgeting and Planning

Knowing the TCO assists in long-term budgeting and planning. If the software requires substantial ongoing costs, it could impact your organization’s budget and financial planning.

Assessing Value for Money

TCO helps in assessing whether the software provides value for money. By considering all costs and comparing them with the benefits the software provides, you can determine if the investment is worthwhile.

Evaluating Vendor Support Costs

Different vendors offer varying levels of support, often at different price points. Calculating TCO involves considering these support costs, which is crucial because good vendor support can greatly impact the software’s effectiveness and longevity.

As TurnKey Labs often points out to its clients, calculating the TCO is an essential step in software acquisition. It provides a clearer picture of the investment involved and can save your business from unexpected costs down the line.

Key Takeaways:

  • Uncovering Hidden Costs: Calculating TCO uncovers hidden costs related to installation, maintenance, training, and more.
  • Comparing Solutions Effectively: TCO allows for an apples-to-apples comparison of different software solutions.
  • Budgeting and Planning: Understanding the TCO helps with long-term financial planning and budgeting.
  • Assessing Value for Money: TCO helps determine if a software solution provides good value for its cost.
  • Evaluating Vendor Support Costs: Consideration of vendor support costs is part of the TCO and can impact the overall effectiveness of the software.

Remember the old saying, “The bitterness of poor quality remains long after the sweetness of low price is forgotten.” It holds true when considering the TCO in software acquisition.

Footnotes

  1. (https://www.techrepublic.com/article/understanding-total-cost-of-ownership-of-business-software/)
  2. (https://www.cio.com/article/2439500/total-cost-of-ownership—how-to-calculate-tco.html)
  3. (https://www.itassetmanagement.net/2016/06/06/software-tco-essential/)
  4. (https://www.investopedia.com/terms/t/total-cost-ownership.asp)
  5. (https://www.bmc.com/blogs/understanding-total-cost-of-ownership-tco/)
Featured

Open-Source GPT-3/4 LLM Alternatives to Try in 2024

Do you want to unlock the power of natural language processing without relying on hefty GPT-4 models?

If yes, then you’ve come to the right place! This blog post will discuss some open-source alternatives that can help you achieve the same results as GPT-3 or GPT-4 without the huge costs and resources required. So let’s explore these tools and see which one is best for you!

Our Top Free GPT Alternative AI/LLM models list:

  • BERT by Google
  • Alpaca-Lora (13b)
  • Vicuna – NEW Tool (13b)
  • OpenChatKit (13b)
  • OPT by Meta
  • Dolly 2.0
  • AlexaTM by Amazon
  • GPT-J and GPT-NeoX by EleutherAI
  • Jurassic-1 language model by AI21 labs
  • CodeGen by Salesforce
  • Megatron-Turing NLG by NVIDIA and Microsoft
  • LaMDA by Google
  • BLOOM
  • GLaM by Google
  • Wu Dao 2.0
  • Chinchilla by DeepMind
  • EleutherAI

Introduction to GPT

In 2017, an article called “Attention is all you need” was published, which proposed a new architecture for neural networks called General Purpose Transformer (GPT). The novelty of this architecture was that it is based on a Multilayer Perceptron (MLP), which is a simple approximation of how neurons in the brain work at a biological level. To put it simply, MLP is a mathematical expression that can be differentiated, and in mathematics, anything that can be differentiated can be optimized for some utility function. MLP has been used for over half a century, and most of the scientific community was skeptical that it could be a promising path for research in the field of AI. However, the simplicity of MLP and a few improvements made a breakthrough possible.

As an architecture, GPT added the ability to have connections between different parts of the neural network and to assign different weights to input data through the attention mechanism. Thanks to the simplicity of implementation (matrix operations), it all started to work very well and scale. The final touch was that this GPT architecture works fantastically for the next token prediction task for language. Humanity has generated a sea of textual information during its existence, and if this dataset of all this text is correctly split, it contains both X (input data) and Y (output data) and is self-sufficient for training without a human. This is how Large Language Models (LLM) appeared, which optimize the function of what can be the next symbol in a sequence.

Moreover, in recent months, it has been found that most tasks in the world can be reduced to next token prediction, with which LLMs have started to cope well. If to describe it very inaccurately, the LLM/GPT architecture became possible because we have powerful GPU processors that were able to train very large but architecturally simple neural networks based on all the textual information in the world.

In other words, there has been a breakthrough in the field of artificial intelligence systems, which became possible due to:

  • scientific apparatus that allowed this (GPT)
  • a large dataset to learn from (“the internet” and all the information in it)
  • the ability of modern processors to perform fast and scalable computations that were not possible before (GPU)

How does it work?

  1. Training: GPT models are pre-trained on vast amounts of text from the internet. This helps them develop an understanding of grammar, context, and semantics.
  2. Transformer Architecture: GPT utilizes the transformer architecture, which consists of multiple layers of self-attention mechanisms. These mechanisms allow the model to focus on different parts of the input sequence while generating output.
  3. Fine-tuning: After pre-training, specific tasks can be fine-tuned using domain-specific datasets or prompts. This helps adapt the model for different applications such as translation, summarization, or question answering.
  4. Language Generation: Once trained and fine-tuned, GPT models can generate human-like text based on a given prompt or context. They excel at generating creative content like stories and articles.

Popular OpenAI Solution – GPT-3/4

GPT-3 (Generative Pre-trained Transformer 3) is a large, autoregressive language model developed and released by OpenAI. It has been widely praised and adopted by businesses, researchers, and enthusiasts alike as one of the most powerful natural language processing models currently in existence.

Despite its capabilities and popularity, GPT-3 has some drawbacks in terms of cost, data quality and privacy that make it a less than ideal choice for certain applications. Fortunately, there are several open-source alternatives to GPT-3 that provide similar power with fewer of these drawbacks. In this article we will examine some of the key features of GPT-3 and discuss what open-source alternatives can offer to users that may be looking for more flexible and affordable solutions.

The latest version of the GPT model developed by OpenAI is known as GPT-4 (Generative Pretrained Transformer 4), and it represents a major advancement in the field of natural language processing. Built upon the foundation laid by its predecessor, GPT-3, which was released in May 2020 and quickly gained widespread popularity, GPT-4 is a large-scale machine learning model that has been extensively trained on a vast amount of data in order to generate text that is increasingly similar to human language.

Open source alternatives such as Google’s Bidirectional Encoder Representations from Transformers (BERT) and XLNet are two important contenders when considering Turing complete language models as powerful replacements for GPT-3. Both are trained on huge volumes of unlabeled data from online sources to produce meaningful text generation results with superior accuracy compared to traditional approaches. They also offer fine-grained control over pre-training parameters for user specific needs as well as transfer learning capabilities which allow model customization on domain specific tasks. Finally, their open source nature offers flexibility when it comes to pricing structures for users looking for less expensive compute resources or no usage fees at all.

What is the difference between GPT-3 and GPT-4?

GPT-3.5GPT-4
Release DateNovember 2022March 2023
UsesChatbot
Question answering
Text summarization
Image and text processing
Chatbot
Question answering
Text summarization
AccessibilityVariations available on the OpenAI Playground
Available for commercial use via OpenAI pricing plans
Available via Chat GPT Plus subscription
Waitlist open access to GPT-4 via OpenAI API
InformationLimited knowledge of events after 2021Limited knowledge of events after 2021

Overview of GPT-3 tool

GPT-3 (Generative Pre-trained Transformer 3) is the third version of OpenAI’s open-source language model. It has been developed by the OpenAI team at large scale on a range of tasks like machine translation, question answering, reading comprehension, and summarization. This AI breakthrough enables applications to predict natural language processing (NLP) with fewer manual steps and better accuracy than previously possible.

GPT-3 can be used to generate text and produce accurate predictions by either learning from few examples or without any training data. This has made it a powerful tool for Natural Language Understanding (NLU), as well as other artificial intelligence applications like optimization or control. The model is built using large datasets in the form of unsupervised learning, where a model learns how to produce answers to questions without requiring any manual input or training data.

The advancements of GPT-3 have been met with interest and praise by many in the research community due to its wide range of capabilities and ability to understand language more holistically and accurately than previously thought possible. However, OpenAI’s open source initiative has sparked debate regarding cloud computing privacy implications associated with its use as well as its potential for misuse in disenfranchising certain languages or communities through biased representations. In response, many have turned to introducing and exploring open-source alternatives to GPT-3 for their Natural Language Processing needs.

Benefits of Open-Source Alternatives to GPT-3

The natural language processing (NLP) industry has been abuzz from the recent commercial release of OpenAI’s Generative Pre-trained Transformer 3 (GPT-3). The massive language model has attracted the attention of both practitioners and enthusiasts alike—due to its potential implications for automation and usability. GPT-3 is an example of a “black box” machine learning model that can be used for many tasks, but its closed source nature limits what users can access.

However, open-source alternatives to GPT-3 are available that offer similar capabilities with the added benefit of being accessible to all. Open source software is freely available, allowing anyone to interrogate its code—allowing transparency and accountability into their processes. Such open source models also provide users with more control over their own data when compared to commercial options.

The advantage of open source software goes beyond mere access; since they are free to modify, they also allow developers to embed important safety measures into their design in order to prevent misuse or abuse of the technology. Additionally, by having multiple versions of a model available at once it allows experts to compare versions and make more informed decisions regarding which model best fits their needs.

Open source alternatives to GPT-3 provide engineers with powerful tools for automation without sacrificing on features or security; allowing them greater freedom and control in developing NLP applications in comparison with closed-source options like GPT-3.

What about ChatGPT?

Q&A in ChatGPT interface

ChatGPT is a chatbot that can answer questions and imitate a dialogue, it’s built on GPT-3 technology. It was announced by OpenAI in November, as a new feature of GPT-3. The chatbot can understand natural language input and generate human-like responses, making it a powerful tool for customer service, personal assistants, and other applications that require natural language processing capabilities. Some experts say that it could replace Google over time.

According to the SimilarWeb portal, its monthly audience is more than 600 million users. And it’s growing by 40% M2M.

How Does ChatGPT Work?

You’ve probably heard of ChatGPT at this point. People use it to do their homework, code frontend web apps, and write scientific papers. Using a language model can feel like magic; a computer understands what you want and gives you the right answer. But under the hood, it’s just code and data.

When you prompt ChatGPT with an instruction, like Write me a poem about cats, it turns that prompt into tokens. Tokens are fragments of text, like write, or poe. Every language model has a different vocabulary of tokens.

Computers can’t directly understand text, so language models turn the tokens into embeddings. Embeddings are similar to Python lists — they look like this [1.1,-1.2,2,.1,...]. Semantically similar tokens are turned into similar lists of numbers.

ChatGPT is a causal language model. This means it takes all of the previous tokens, and tries to predict the next token. It predicts one token at a time. In this way, it’s kind of like autocomplete — it takes all of the text, and tries to predict what comes next.

It makes the prediction by taking the embedding list, and passing it through multiple transformer layers. Transformers are a type of neural network architecture that can find associations between elements in a sequence. They do this using a mechanism called attention. For example, if you’re reading the question Who is Albert Einstein? , and you want to come up with the answer, you’ll mostly pay attention to the words Who and Einstein.

Transformers are trained to identify which words in your prompt to pay attention to in order to generate a response. Training can take thousands of GPUs and several months! During this time, transformers are fed gigabytes of text data so that they can learn the correct associations.

To make a prediction, transformers turn the input embeddings into the correct output embeddings. So you’ll end up with an output embedding like [1.5, -4, -.1.3, .1,...], which you can turn back into a token.

If ChatGPT is only predicting one token at a time, you might wonder how it can come up with entire essays. This is because it’s autoregressive. This means that it predicts a token, then adds it back to the prompt and feeds it back into the model. So the model actually runs once for every token in the output. This is why you see the output of ChatGPT word by word instead of all at once.

ChatGPT stops generating the output when the transformer layers output a special token called a stop token. At this point, you hopefully have a good response to your prompt.

The cool part is that all of this can be done using Python code! PyTorch and Tensorflow are the most commonly used tools for creating language models. If you want to learn more, check out the Zero to GPT series that I’m putting together. This will take you from no deep learning knowledge to training a GPT model.

Popular Open-Source Alternatives to GPT-3

GPT-3 is an artificial intelligence (AI) platform developed by OpenAI and released in May 2020. GPT-3 is the third and largest version of OpenAI’s language model and was trained on a dataset of 45TB of text. This model can be used for a wide range of natural language applications, such as writing, translation, or summarization. However, given its staggering processing power requirements, not all developers are able to use GPT-3 due to its cost or lack of skill necessary to run it.

Fortunately, there are other open-source alternatives that may be suitable for your project. Below are some popular OpenAI GPT-3 competitors:

  • BERT (Bidirectional Encoder Representations from Transformers): BERT is an open-source language representation model developed by Google AI Language research in 2018. It has been pre-trained on more than 40 languages and provides reliable performance across many different tasks like sentiment analysis, question answering, classification etc. It also uses deep learning architectures to process language understanding which makes it suitable for many NLP tasks.
  • XLNet: XLNet is an improvement over the pre-existing Transformer encoder system created by Google AI Researchers in June 2019. XLNet outperforms the state of the art on a variety of natural language understanding tasks such as question answering and document ranking while only requiring significantly less training data than BERT.
  • ELMo (Embeddings from Language Models): ELMo is a deep contextualized word representation that models both shallow semantic features as well as meaning from context using multi layers objective functions over bidirectional language Models (LMs). ELMo was created by Allen Institute for Artificial Intelligence researcher at University of Washington in 2017. It requires significantly less compute compared with other deep learning models like BERT or GPT-3 while still providing reasonable accuracy too on various NLP tasks like text classifications or entity extraction.
  • GPT-Neo (2.7B) – download gpt-neo here GPT-Neo 2.7B was trained on the Pile, a large scale curated dataset created by EleutherAI for the purpose of training this model.

Each alternative has its own advantages and disadvantages when compared against each other so it’s important to carefully assess which one best fits your project before selecting one for use in your application development process.

Comparison of Open-Source Alternatives to GPT-3

In response to OpenAI’s GPT-3, there have been various efforts to develop open-source large-scale language models. A comparison of the most popular open-source alternatives to GPT-3 is given below.

  • XLNet: XLNet was developed by researchers at Carnegie Mellon University and Google AI Language. It is a Transformer model which uses a number of different training objectives such as auto-regressive, bidirectional and unidirectional mean squared error. XLNet has achieved strong results on language understanding benchmarks such as GLUE and SQuAD.
  • BERT: BERT (Bidirectional Encoder Representations from Transformers) is an open source transformer model initially developed by Google AI in 2018. It has since been applied in many NLP tasks such as question answering, text classification, etc. BERT algorithms achieved impressive results across various NLP tasks such as question answering and natural language inference (QA/NLI). While BERT algorithms are largely effective at transfer learning with pre-trained models, they require very large datasets for adult training which makes them more difficult to replicate than GPT-3’s approach with its 1 trillion parameter pretraining on the web corpus CommonCrawl SQuAD (a collection of questions sourced from Wikipedia).
  • TransformerXL: TransformerXL was developed by researchers at both Huawei Noah’s Ark Lab and Carnegie Mellon University. This open source algorithm aims to extend the current context length of Transformer architecture from 512 tokens to thousand or even millions of tokens allowing it to easily learn cross document or long range dependencies between words even though no datasets currently exist for those types of sequences tasks today. This could be one possible solution for machine translation due to its ability to extract longer phrases than compared to BERT or GPT-3 models which only focuses on local context length of 512 tokens maximum per example text sequence inputted into the model itself.
  • UmbrellaLM: UmbrellaLM was developed by AppliedResearchInc and released under Apache Licensed 2.0 recently in 2021 while leveraging DistilBERT pretraining approaches from HuggingFace Transformers library as well as OpenAI’s GPT2 algorithms for text understanding tasks based off easily fine tuning pretrained weights using extremely small datasets (<50MB) compared against having all models trained from scratch based off traditional large scale TextCorpus datasets (>1GB).

Challenges Associated with Open-Source Alternatives to GPT-3

Given that GPT-3 has been developed by a well-funded organization, open-source alternatives have faced numerous challenges in order to compete. One major challenge is the fact that labelling the training data for these alternatives often involves much more manual effort, whereas GPT-3 was trained on human-written data from sources such as books, Wikipedia, and Reddit.

Another major challenge for open-source alternatives to GPT-3 is scalability. In order to train larger networks and keep up with GPT-3’s performance, more computational power is needed. This can be difficult for a lesser funded organization to acquire as they may not have access to the same resources that OpenAI has at its disposal.

Finally, developing state-of-the art NLP models requires significant human resources – something most open source projects don’t have access to in large enough quantities. While many NLP tasks may be simple enough to be handled by passionate volunteers and interns working part time, there are still certain areas that require highly skilled professionals who may not always be available or willing to contribute their services on an unpaid basis. As a result, only experienced developers with job security can tackle ambitious projects such as creating an alternative to GPT-3 without running into any financial constraints in the long run.

Best Practices for Using Open-Source Alternatives to GPT-3

GPT-3 is a large, state-of-the-art language model released by OpenAI with remarkable performance in many tasks without any labeled training data. Unfortunately, the cost of using GPT-3 models can be prohibitive for many businesses and organizations, making open source alternatives an attractive option. Here are some best practices to consider when using open source alternatives to GPT-3 in your projects:

  1. Select the right model architecture: Before selecting an alternative to GPT-3 as your language model, it is important to assess the different architectures that are available and select one that is suitable for your project. Larger models are not always better, as even mid-sized models can often be more efficient or provide adequate performance for certain applications. Other important factors to consider include how well existing knowledge can be leveraged within your project context, how quickly improvements in accuracy can be expected with additional data, and the difficulty of training on new data or setting hyperparameters.
  2. Consider pre-trained language models: Many open source alternatives come pre-trained on public datasets (e.g., Wikipedia). These can help accelerate projects as no additional training time is needed and they are often suitable for many use cases without modifications. However, they may not offer enough accuracy in specific contexts if fine-tuning them based on specialized data sets is possible and practical – this trade off between time and accuracy should always be weighed up when selecting a model.
  3. Pay attention to documentation and tutorials: When using open source language models it’s important to pay attention to available documentation and tutorials related to the architecture you’ve chosen — this will help you get up to speed quickly with its implementation (i.e., inference) requirements/steps/options which might not be as straightforward as those used by GPT-3 from OpenAI’s API platform.
  4. Document results & collect feedback: Finally, when beginning any ML project it’s important to document results thoroughly — tracking errors or validations for each step including hyperparameter optimization — so that optimizations could be done easily later on; also properly gather user feedback whenever possible as this helps inform decisions around future implementations/improvements of your system’s architecture.

Conclusion: GPT-3/4 open-source alternative

In conclusion, GPT-3/4 is a remarkable language model that has pushed the boundaries of natural language processing. However, not everyone may have access to its commercial version for their project’s requirements. Fortunately, there are several excellent open-source alternatives to GPT-3 which are likewise capable of delivering comparable performance, but at a fraction of the cost and complexity.

These include models such as ELMo, BERT, XLNet and ALBERT. Each model has its own unique strengths and weaknesses which should be considered when selecting the most suitable model for a given task. Additionally, more research will no doubt continue to improve these models as time goes on.

Therefore these open-source language models provide an excellent solution in developing applications that require natural language processing with outstanding performance at a low cost.

Reference Links:

GPT freelance developers are available for hire to utilize this language model for building diverse tools and applications, which provides an opportunity for everyone to create with GPT-3/3,5/4.

Recommendation to Read

“Profession” Novella by Isaac Asimov.

Featured

Ukrainian Programmers Continue Being Bombed by the Russian Army

In a sad and all too familiar story, the world must once again face the reality that war has no regard for life or progress. Ukrainian programmers are being targeted by the Russian military in a conflict that has persisted for years. The courage of those standing up against oppression must be celebrated and supported, so let’s break down the facts and learn how we can help.

Introduction

The ongoing Full-scale war between Ukraine and Russia continues to affect the lives of Ukrainian citizens on a daily basis. In eastern Ukraine, civilians have been unknowingly caught in the middle of a long-standing saga that dates back to 2014. Ukrainian programmers are not exempt from this ordeal and have found themselves in the crosshairs of consistent Russian military missile strikes.

This article seeks to shed light on this growing issue that has affected the lives and productivity of hundreds of Ukrainian programmers, sparking greater international attention for military reform in both countries.

russia is the terrorist state

Background of the Conflict

The current aggression of russian federation can be traced back to 2014, when pro-Russian separatists in Eastern Ukraine began a violent uprising against the Ukrainian government. The separatists were backed by Russia, which provided both political and military support. Since then, Russian troops have continued to occupy parts of eastern Ukraine, and the war has escalated further with increased shelling of civilian areas within Ukraine.

The fighting between Ukrainian forces and Russian-backed separatists has resulted in over 14,000 total casualties since it began in 2014. Additionally, millions of people have been displaced as a result of the ongoing conflict—many of these are programmers from eastern Ukraine who must leave their homes due to fear of bombings and other types of violence. As they flee their homes, they become vulnerable to exploitation by cyber criminals which add an additional layer of concern for those affected.

Although a ceasefire agreement was signed in February 2015 that called for all sides to withdraw troops from contested regions, the war continues today with frequent border clashes between Ukrainian forces and Russia-backed separatists. Furthermore, Russian hackers continue to target Ukrainian civilians as well as private sector companies such as banks and businesses. All parties involved are now pressing for international policy reform that may bring more peaceful solutions on both sides.

Impact on Ukrainian Programmers

The ongoing military conflict between Russia and Ukraine is having a devastating impact on Ukrainian programmers. Despite the ongoing attacks from Russian forces, many developers continue to work hard to build the country’s software infrastructure.

Programmers in Ukraine remain incredibly dedicated, despite the risks posed by remaining in the country. Those who choose to stay are often forced to use inventive ways to keep their projects moving forward, such as remote collaboration tools and virtual networks. However, not all developers will be able to remain safe and continue working under such dangerous conditions. It’s likely that many of those affected have had their lives put at risk simply due to their employment in Ukraine’s tech industry.

Moreover, the current situation has presented yet another challenge for those trying to advance their careers: employers may now be unwilling or unable to hire Ukrainian developers due to a lack of visibility into whether they can count on them in an environment plagued by warfare. This fear has further widened the gap between tech professionals living in other countries and those currently located in Ukraine who are working tirelessly amidst difficult circumstances.

The harsh realities that Ukrainian programmers face must not go unnoticed or forgotten; they need international support if they are going to continue developing technologies even under pressure from one of Europe’s strongest military forces.

Economic Implications

The ongoing conflict between Ukraine and Russian forces has far-reaching and devastating economic implications that are difficult to quantify. The UN estimates that over 7000 people have been killed in the conflict since April 2014 and countless more have been displaced from their homes.

In addition to the human cost, the war has also caused massive destruction of property and infrastructure.

The conflict has led to a decrease in foreign investment and a significant decrease in spending as businesses reduce their financial exposure by cutting back production or reducing services. As a result, unemployment rates have skyrocketed in Ukraine while salaries have plummeted as companies grapple with reduced profits. This, coupled with extreme inflation caused by an increasingly weak currency, has left many Ukrainians struggling to make it through each day.

Additionally, the war has hindered the development of IT skills in Ukraine due to displacement of experienced professionals who were working or studying abroad, or because they had left to find employment elsewhere in Europe due to reduced paychecks. The loss of highly-trained professionals could cause a deficit of innovation for some time although there is potential for growth if technology can be harnessed as a tool for peacebuilding between Ukraine and Russia.

For startups operating within Ukraine, the war presents an even more serious challenge as any form of foreign aid is still severely restricted due to international sanctions. This could present an obstacle for entrepreneurs looking to launch their business ideas given the lack of initial funding available.

Ultimately, it is clear that both sides in this conflict will feel its ramifications for years after resolution is achieved – both through direct losses incurred during the fighting itself and indirect losses due to prolonged economic depression stemming from reduced investment opportunities and diminished resources throughout Silicon Valley East.

Humanitarian Aid Efforts

In conjunction with the Ukrainian military, organizations around the world are working together to provide humanitarian aid and medical relief in response to the ongoing conflict between Ukraine and Russia. To date, over three million civilians have been displaced as a result of the violence since 2014.

Among those attempting to help are United Nations agencies like UNHCR and UNICEF, which are providing essential items for those affected, including food, clean water, hygiene kits, mattresses and other supplies. Additionally, the International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC) has been working with local partner groups in both Ukraine and Russia to develop medical facilities in order to better support wounded soldiers and civilians alike.

The programming community is also joining forces globally in an effort to provide much-needed aid as well as material assistance such as laptops and tablets. From financial contributions lead by organizations such as Intel IT Industry Donations Program that focus on aiding refugees specifically impacted by Russian aggression to Hackathons organized help raise awareness among hackers of nationalities all around Europe created by Eurotux Hackers supporting Europe’s youth future programming community despite politics through career development opportunities for its outreach regarding humanitarian conflicts across Europe it is clear Ukrainian programmers require much needed assistance but what would really help move forward during these trying times is financial investments from foreign countries especially from countries not involved warring conflict specifically towards educational resources technology advancements that would benefit refugees.

International Response

In the face of continued bombing by the Russian Army in Eastern Ukraine, the international community has responded with an array of strategies to hold Russia accountable for its actions. To date, these have included:

  • the imposition of economic sanctions by the United States and European Union (EU)
  • targeted asset freezes and travel restrictions on individual politicians, diplomats and other dignitaries
  • attempts to build diplomatic pressure through direct correspondence with Russian government counterparts
  • sustained efforts to broker a resolution of the conflict through peace talks.

The EU sanctions regime is regarded as effective in reinforcing economic costs on Russia due to its affect on key energy investment projects. The freedom-of-movement sanctions have limited appropriate status signals including meeting invitations, while simultaneously affecting they way top politicians in Moscow assess domestic operations due to their own personal returns being affected. Diplomatic efforts have focused on identifying common points among all parties concerned in order to broker a resolution between Ukrainian government entities and separatist forces in eastern Ukraine engaging Russia’s support for these forces.

The complex nature of this conflict presented a range of challenges that resulted in only limited successes from international action taken so far. However, increases in security spending by participating states bodes well for Ukraine’s ability to combat continued offensives such as those seen occasionally since summer 2015. It remains key for members of the international community to continue stimulating dialogue among all stakeholders whilst ensuring that any peace agreement complies fully with recognized international law requirements so that any attempt at securing regional stability endures into the longer term future.

Potential Solutions

The continuous attacks from the Russian Army on Ukrainian programmers have prompted calls for a rapid response to the conflict. It has been over five years since the war began, and negotiations have proven largely unsuccessful. In order to get the crisis under control and end the conflict between Russia and Ukraine, potential solutions have to be developed.

Some believe that economic sanctions are effective in decreasing military aggression and preventing future conflicts. Sanctions could potentially cripple or severely damage Russia’s economy which would, in theory, limit their capacity to continue launching military assaults on Ukraine. Economic sanctions, however, may also cause serious harm to civilians who are involved in various industries such as banking or the energy sector among others.

Other solutions focus on ways of limiting or deterring Russia’s military aggression with international diplomatic pressure. Attempts should be made to persuade Russia through pressure from regional powers in Europe and China as well as global organizations such as NATO and even the United Nations Security Council. Approaches could also include high-level contact between leaders of both countries as well as providing financial aid from other countries to support Ukraine during this difficult time.

The best solution for preventing Russian-Ukrainian conflict may ultimately be a combination of several different strategies chosen in order to meet particular needs at any given time. The situation remains complex – part political issue, part humanitarian issue – but continuing talks of potential resolutions is essential for making progress towards securing peace throughout Europe and within Ukraine itself.

Conclusion

The current conflict between Ukraine and Russia has been ongoing since 2014, resulting in lasting economic and social harms to the Ukrainian people. For the past five years, Ukrainian programmers have been facing different challenges due to the chokehold placed by Russian forces on technological advancement. Many have had to flee their homes and businesses due to the conflict.

Not only have these conditions discouraged new talent from joining those already in tech-related fields but they’ve also increased financial burden on existing employees. What’s more, Internet access in the East has become unreliable. This state of affairs is likely to continue until a lasting solution is found by both governments involved.

In conclusion, the situation in Ukraine is dire for those pursuing technical professions, who are caught between a rock and a hard place due to Russian aggression and sanctions that prevent much needed technology from reaching Ukrainian shores. It is essential that peaceful solutions can be reached soon so that Ukrainians can reclaim their lives without fear of further interference from Russia’s army.

Featured

Comparison of Open Source Web Crawlers for Data Mining and Web Scraping: Pros&Cons

Data mining and web scraping are two important tasks for anyone looking to gather data from the internet. There are a number of open-source web crawlers available to help with these tasks, but which one is the best?

In this blog post, we compare the pros and cons of the most popular open source web crawlers to help you make the best decision for your needs.

The Best open-source Web Crawling Frameworks in 2024

In my search for a suitable back-end crawler for my startup, I looked at many open source solutions. After some initial research, I narrowed the choice down to the 10 systems that seemed to be the most mature and widely used: 

  • Scrapy (Python), 
  • Heritrix (Java),
  • Apache Nutch (Java),
  • PySpider (Python), 
  • Web-Harvest (Java),
  • MechanicalSoup (Python), 
  • Apify SDK (JavaScript),
  • Jaunt (Java),
  • Node-crawler (JavaScript),
  • StormCrawler (Java).

What is the best open source Web Crawler that is very scalable and fast?

As a starting point, Web crawling is the process by which we gather pages from the Web, in order to index them and support a search engine.

I wanted the crawler services of choice to satisfy the properties described in Web crawling and Indexes:

  • Robustness: The Web contains servers that create spider traps, which are generators of web pages that mislead crawlers into getting stuck fetching an infinite number of pages in a particular domain. Crawlers must be designed to be resilient to such traps. Not all such traps are malicious; some are the inadvertent side-effect of faulty website development.
  • Politeness: Web servers have both implicit and explicit policies regulating the rate at which a crawler can visit them. These politeness policies must be respected.
  • Distributed: The crawler should have the ability to execute in a distributed fashion across multiple machines.
  • Scalable: The crawler architecture should permit scaling up the crawl rate by adding extra machines and bandwidth.
  • Performance and efficiency: The crawl system should make efficient use of various system resources including processor, storage and network band-width.
  • Freshness: In many applications, the crawler should operate in continuous mode, obtaining fresh copies of previously fetched pages. A search engine crawler, for instance, can thus ensure that the search engine’s index contains a fairly current representation of each indexed web page. For such continuous crawling, a crawler should be able to crawl a page with a frequency that approximates the rate of change of that page.
  • Quality: Given that a significant fraction of all web pages are of poor utility for serving user query needs, the crawler should be biased towards fetching “useful” pages first.
  • Extensible: Crawlers should be designed to be extensible in many ways — to cope with new data formats, new fetch protocols, and so on. This demands that the crawler architecture be modular.
Table: Comparison of TOP 3 open source crawlers in
terms of various parameters (IJSER)

I also had a wish list of additional features that would be nice to have. Instead of just being scalable I wanted to the crawler to be dynamically scalable, so that I could add and remove machines during continuous web crawls. I also wanted the crawler to export data into various storage backends or data pipelines like Amazon S3, HDFS, or Kafka.

Focused vs. Broad Crawling

Before getting into the meat of the comparison let’s take a step back and look at two different use cases for web crawlers: Focused crawls and broad crawls.

In a focused crawl you are interested in a specific set of pages (usually a specific domain). For example, you may want to crawl all product pages on amazon.com. In a broad crawl the set of pages you are interested in is either very large or unlimited and spread across many domains. That’s usually what search engines are doing. This isn’t a black-and-white distinction. It’s a continuum. A focused crawl with many domains (or multiple focused crawls performed simultaneously) will essentially approach the properties of a broad crawl.

Now, why is this important? Because focused crawls have a different bottleneck than broad crawls.

When crawling one domain (such as amazon.com) you are essentially limited by your politeness policy. You don’t want to overwhelm the server with thousands of requests per second or you’ll get blocked. Thus, you need to impose an artificial limit of requests per second. This limit is usually based on server response time. Due to this artificial limit, most of the CPU or network resources of your server will be idle. Having a distributed crawler using thousands of machines will not make a focused crawl go any faster than running it on your laptop.

Architecture of a Web crawler.

In the case of broad crawl, the bottleneck is the performance and scalability of the crawler. Because you need to request pages from different domains you can potentially perform millions of requests per second without overwhelming a specific server. You are limited by the number of machines you have, their CPU, network bandwidth, and how well your crawler can make use of these resources.

If all you want it scrapes data from a couple of domains then looking for a web-scale crawler may be overkill. In this case take a look at services like import.io (from $299 monthly), which is great at scraping specific data items from web pages.

Scrapy (described below) is also an excellent choice for focused crawls.

Meet with Scrapy, Heritrix and Apache Nutch

Scrapy

Website: http://scrapy.org

Language: Python

Scrapy is a Python framework for web scraping. It does not have built-in functionality for running in a distributed environment so that it’s primary use case are focused crawls. That is not to say that Scrapy cannot be used for broad crawling, but other tools may be better suited for this purpose, particularly at a very large scale. According to the documentation the best practice to distribute crawls is to manually partition the URLs based on domain.

What stands out about Scrapy is its ease of use and excellent documentation. If you are familiar with Python you’ll be up and running in just a couple of minutes.

Scrapy has a couple of handy built-in export formats such as JSON, JSON lines, XML and CSV. Scrapy was built for extracting specific information from websites, not necessarily getting for a full dump of the HTML and indexing it. The latter requires some manual work to avoid writing the full HTML content of all pages to one gigantic output file. You would have to chunk the files manually.

Without the ability to run in a distributed environment, scale dynamically, or run continuous crawls, Scrapy is missing some of the key features I was looking for. However, if you need easy to use tool for extracting specific information from a couple of domains then Scrapy is nearly perfect. I’ve successfully used it in several projects and have been very happy with it.

Pros:

  • Easy to setup and use if you know Python
  • Excellent developer documentation
  • Built-in JSON, JSON lines, XML and CSV export formats

Cons:

  • No support for running in a distributed environment
  • No support for continuous crawls
  • Exporting large amounts of data is difficult

How to develop a custom web crawler on Python for OLX? You can do it by guide from Adnan.


Heritrix

Website: webarchive.jira.com

Language: Java

Heritrix is developed, maintained, and used by The Internet Archive. Its architecture is described in this paper and largely based on that of the Mercator research project. Heritrix has been well-maintained ever since its release in 2004 and is being used in production by various other sites.

Heritrix runs in a distributed environment by hashing the URL hosts to appropriate machines. As such it is scalable, but not dynamically scalable. This means you must decide on the number of machines before you start crawling. If one of the machines goes down during your crawl you are out of luck.

The output format of Heritrix are WARC files that are written to the local file system. WARC is an efficient format for writing multiple resources (such as HTML) and their metadata into one archive file. Writing data to other data stores (or formats) is currently not supported, and it seems like doing so would require quite a few changes to the source code.

Continuous crawling is not supported, but apparently it is being worked on. However, as with many open source projects the turnaround time for new features can be quite long and I would not expect support for continuous crawls to be available anytime soon.

Heritrix is probably the most mature out of the source projects I looked it. I have found it easier to setup, configure and use than Nutch. At the same time it is more scalable and faster than scrapy. It ships together with a web frontend that can be used for monitoring and configuring crawls.

Pros:

  • Mature and stable platform. It has been in production use at archive.org for over a decade
  • Good performance and decent support for distributed crawls

Cons:

  • Does not support continuous crawling
  • Not dynamically scalable. This means, you must decide on the number of servers and partitioning scheme upfront
  • Exports ARC/WARC files. Adding support for custom backends would require changing the source

Further Reading:


Apache Nutch

Website: nutch.apache.org

Language: Java

Instead of building its own distributed system Nutch makes use of the Hadoop ecosystem and uses MapReduce for its processing ( details ). If you already have an existing Hadoop cluster you can simply point Nutch at it. If you don’t have an existing Hadoop cluster you will need to setup and configure one. Nutch inherits the advantages (such as fault-tolerance and scalability), but also the drawbacks (slow disk access between jobs due to the batch nature) of the Hadoop MapReduce architecture.

It is interesting to note that Nutch did not start out as a pure web crawler. It started as an open-source search engine that handles both crawling and indexing of web content. Even though Nutch has since become more of a web crawler, it still comes bundled with deep integration for indexing systems such as Solr (default) and ElasticSearch(via plugins). The newer 2.x branch of Nutch tries to separate the storage backend from the crawling component using Apache Gora, but is still in a rather early stage. In my own experiments I have found it to be rather immature and buggy. This means that if you are considering using Nutch you will probably be limited to combining it with Solr and ElasticSearch Web Crawler, or write your own plugin to support a different backend or export format.

Despite a lot of prior experience with Hadoop and Hadoop-based projects I have found Nutch quite difficult to setup and configure, mostly due to a lack of good documentation or real-world examples.

Nutch (1.x) seems to be a stable platform that is used in production by various organization, CommonCrawl among them. It has a flexible plugin system, allowing you to extend it with custom functionality. Indeed, this seems to be necessary for most use cases. When using Nutch you can expect spending quite a bit of time writing your own plugins or browsing through source code to make it fit your use case. If you have the time and expertise to do so then Nutch seems like a great platform to build upon.

Nutch does not currently support continuous crawls, but you could write a couple of scripts to emulate such functionality.

Pros:

  • Dynamically scalable (and fault-tolerant) through Hadoop
  • Flexible plugin system
  • Stable 1.x branch

Cons:

  • Bad documentation and confusing versioning. No examples.
  • Inherits disadvantages of Hadoop (disk reads, difficult setup)
  • No built-in support for continuous crawls
  • Export limited to Solr/ElasticSearch (on 1.x branch)

Further reading:


PYSpider Web Crawler

PYSpider has been regarded as a robust web crawler open source developed in Python. It has a distributed architecture with modules like fetcher, scheduler, and processor. 

Some of its basic features include: 

  •  It has a powerful web-based User Interface with which scripts can be edited and an inbuilt dashboard that provides functionalities like task monitoring, project management, and results viewing and conveys which part is going wrong. 
  •  Compatible with JavaScript and heavy AJAX websites. 
  •  It can store data with supported databases like MYSQL, MongoDB, Redis, SQLite, and ElasticSearch.
  •  With PYSpider, RabbitMQ, Beanstalk, and Redis can be used as message queues. 

Advantages: 

  •  It provides robust scheduling control. 
  •  It supports JavaScript-based website crawling. 
  •  It provides many features, such as an understandable web interface to use and a different backend database. 
  •  It provides support to databases like SQLite, MongoDB, and MYSQL. o It facilitates faster and easier to handle scraping. 

Disadvantages: 

  •  Its deployment and setup are a bit difficult and time taking. 

Documentation: http://docs.pyspider.org/ 

Conclusion

Open-source web scrapers are quite powerful and extensible but are limited to developers. 

Not surprisingly, there isn’t a “perfect” web crawler out there. It’s all about picking the right one for your use case. Do you want to do a focused or a broad crawl? Do you have an existing Hadoop cluster (and knowledge in your team)? Where do you want your data to end up in?

Out of all the crawlers I have looked at Heritrix is probably my favorite, but it’s far from perfect. That’s probably why some people and organizations have opted to build their own crawler instead. That may be a viable alternative if none of the above fits your exact use case. If you’re thinking about building your own, I would highly recommend reading through the academic literature on web crawling, starting with these:

What are your experiences with web crawlers? What are you using and are you happy with it? Did I forget any? I only had limited time to evaluate each of the above crawlers, so it is very possible that I have overlooked some important features. If so, please let me know in the comments.

Do you Know What Google use Java?


Need Top 50 open source web crawlers List for data mining?

Featured

How to Translate more 5,000 characters limit by Google

Google has added a 5000-character limit to Google Translate, which is very surprising. The popular service now lets users translate texts of only 5000 characters in one go, and the rest in multiple tries.

A small counter is now visible at the bottom right corner of the text box, which now counts and reveals the number of characters as you type them. It shows that the maximum number of characters now allowed in the service is just 5000.

The box of translation limit in Google search has also been set as 2,800 characters. It remains unclear why Google has set the new limits.

Google Translate has recently completed 10 years of its release. Last month the internet giant announced that the service will be getting the Neural Machine technique (ML/AI) which will make it even more powerful. The service currently supports eight languages including German, Spanish, English, French, Portuguese, Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Turkish.

I don’t like this, so I did my homework and found some alternatives to get around this limitation.

How to Fix Text Exceeds 3900 Character Limit?

The new limits will make it very tedious for people who wish to translate longer documents via Google Translate tool. The above limitation has not been set for web pages that will have a bigger number of characters. However, Google Translate’s API has the same limits of 3900 characters.

https://cloud.google.com/translate

Google may have its own reasons for limiting text translations, but the whole process of translating documents has become very difficult for users.

How to get past 5000 Characters Limit with Chrome Extension

Step #1 – Add Chrome Extension

Step #2 – On Chrome Extension and Setup:

Step #3 – Open your text with Chrome Explorer and use Google Translate Extension:

You can translate web pages or local files without a 5000 Limit. I am satisfied with the result.

You can open the following formats:

  • .pdf
  • .html
  • .csv
  • .txt

Unfortunately, files are translated in this way with errors. Try it, but there are no guarantees.

Large Text Translation

Google has developed a large text translation technology for the million+ words in their database.

The Google Translate team is constantly improving the quality of its translations by using machine learning. The system is built on an artificial neural network that takes into account the whole sentence to find the best translation instead of just considering isolated words.

How work online Translate apps like Deepl?

Okay, imagine you have a friend who speaks a different language than you. Let’s say they speak French and you speak English. Sometimes you want to talk to your friend, but you don’t know how to speak French, so you don’t understand what they’re saying.

An online translation app like DeepL is like a really smart robot that helps you talk to your friend. You can type in what you want to say to your friend in English, and the robot will quickly change your words into French so that your friend can understand what you’re saying.

The robot knows a lot of different words and how to use them in different ways to make sentences, so it can understand what you’re trying to say and make sure it makes sense in French. It’s like having a really helpful friend who knows lots of languages and can help you talk to anyone you want, no matter what language they speak!

How to use ChatGPT to Translate

ChatGPT itself isn’t explicitly trained for translation tasks like a dedicated translation model would be. However, you can still use ChatGPT to perform basic translations for many common phrases or sentences. The quality of the translation might vary based on the complexity of the text and the languages involved.

Here’s how you can use ChatGPT for translation:

  1. Directly Ask for Translation:
    • Example: “Translate ‘hello’ from English to Spanish.”
  2. Specify Context:
    • If the translation involves a specific context or domain (e.g., medical, technical, etc.), specify that in your request.
    • Example: “Translate ‘drive’ from English to Spanish in the context of computers.”
  3. Check and Cross-Reference:
    • Always cross-reference the translation provided by ChatGPT with a dedicated translation tool or service, especially for important or official documents.
  4. Limitations:
    • 8192 characters
    • ChatGPT might not handle long paragraphs or complex sentences as effectively as dedicated translation services.
    • It might not have full coverage of less common languages or dialects.
  5. Use ChatGPT Code Interpreter Plugin to translate a document up to 512MB.

Note! But I haven’t tested the last point yet to be able to recommend it to you!

Why do services have a limit for one-time translation?

To ensure that the translations provided by the app are as accurate as possible, there are limits placed on how much text can be translated at once. This allows the app to focus on smaller chunks of text and provide more accurate translations. Additionally, some translation apps may charge a fee for more extensive or specialized translations, which require more advanced technology or human translators.

FAQ:

How Many Words Are 5,000 Characters?

The number of words represented by 5,000 characters depends on the average word length and the spaces/punctuation used in the text. In English, the average word length is typically around 4.7 to 5.1 characters. However, this number can vary based on the specific text.

Let’s make some assumptions for an estimate:

  1. Average word length: 5 characters
  2. One space between each word

Given these assumptions, each word (including its following space) would be 5+1=65+1=6 characters long.

Using this, we can estimate the number of words in 5,000 characters:

Let’s calculate it!

Given the assumptions, 5,000 characters would be approximately equivalent to 833 words. However, keep in mind that this is just an estimate. The actual number of words can vary depending on the specific text, the inclusion of punctuation, and other factors.

How Many Characters Are in 5000 Words?

Approximately 35,000 characters are in 5000 words, assuming an average of 7 characters per word. However, this can vary depending on the length of words and the font used.

3 Questions For Startup Owners Before Launch Day

For those who are getting ready to launch a new business, opening day is always a major event. The combination of nervousness and exhilaration can be a bit overwhelming, but entrepreneurs seem to thrive on the energy of the launch. Still, they usually find themselves facing plenty of unexpected questions in the days and weeks leading up to the first day of operations. 

Everyone wants a smooth path to success, even if it takes a year or longer to get there. Common topics that owners wrestle with include marketing strategies, which functions to outsource, how to deal with IT tasks, fundraising, finding qualified workers, and more. Here are pertinent details about the questions entrepreneurs ask themselves as the big day approaches.

Should I Outsource All IT Functions?

Most people outsource some or all the IT functions unless they’re lucky enough to have the skills to do it themselves. Otherwise, it’s outsourcing from day one. The smartest way to maximize expertise and financial resources is to hire an expert. That principle applies to many functions, but particularly to the realm of technology. If your budget allows, consider hiring an in-house expert. If not, shop around for a qualified service provider who meets your budget, scalability, and technical requirements. 

One strategy is to fully outsource IT during the first year of operations and decide whether to go the in-house route later. Many small firms use this tactic with good results. When you find a competent provider, your team can spend more time focusing on their core skills and responsibilities. For most start-ups, it makes financial sense to hire an outside team to deal with IT, at least during the early months of operations.

Is Databricks or Snowflake Better For My Company?

Startup owners who want to maximize the power of data-based decisions spend a lot of time selecting the most suitable data platforms and services. The current leaders of the niche, Snowflake and Databricks, have carved out a reputation among entrepreneurs for their quality, scalability, data management capabilities, analytics, and other features. That’s why it’s imperative for managers and owners to look closely at which of the two will serve their purposes better. 

While it’s obvious that Databricks and Snowflakes are both powerful platforms, the choice is about much more than that one quality. Luckily, if you’re an owner, you can review a comprehensive Databricks vs Snowflake comparison for 2024 that offers a clear and insightful overview of the two market leaders. Along with that, the comparison offers opinions from actual users about the positive and negative points of each platform. 

Much depends on individual company needs in terms of data architecture, scalability, and analytical power. In general, Databricks works well for businesses that need analytics and data processing. Snowflake, on the other hand, excels in the areas of data warehousing flexibility and scalability. Use your company’s unique characteristics to decide, being sure to assess what you want about processing requirements, data volume, and integration capabilities.

How Can Social Media Help Our Marketing Effort?

Social Media is one of the most potent money-raising tools entrepreneurs have. There’s no faster or better way to engage with a targeted demographic, which is what traditional advertising is all about. However, it costs nothing to use any number of social media platforms like Facebook and others. 

Savvy SM users can leverage the vast reach of the many platforms and apps to build strong brand awareness, find new customers, and interact with influencers who are loyal to the brand. However, it’s essential to pick just two or three platforms so as not to get lost in the morass of responses, inquiries, and conversations. Choose your favorites and post regularly.

Best 4DX Movies List 2024

A film that has been adapted to 4DX will make you feel as if you’re inside the movie. The special effects of the 3D glasses will create a virtual world where you can experience the movie as if you’re there. In addition to adding a whole new dimension to the experience, 4DX technology will allow you to see your seat as if it were a real one. This is especially beneficial for movies that feature intense action scenes or complex plots.

4dx Movies in 2024

  • Ghostbusters: Frozen Empire
  • Madame Web (or no?)
  • Spiderman Beyond the Spiderverse (my wish!)
  • Dune: Part Two
  • Godzilla x Kong: The New Empire

On Reddit, most people are waiting for Madame Web and Deadpool.

The best films of the past year are here.

The process of 4DX makes visual symbols more tangible. The seats tilt along with the camera, and you can feel the heat and humidity in your seat. The film’s re-release is an excellent example, and the heightened intensity of the effects makes for a unique viewing experience. It also makes for a great family movie. In addition, “The Matrix” re-release has very little movement for an action film.

A movie remade in 4DX style is an excellent way to enjoy the movie. Although the technology is gimmicky, the experience is very immersive. Whether you’re watching a horror film or a comedy, you’ll feel as if you’re in the movie. Some films even incorporate technology in the background for a unique effect. While this may not be the case for every film, it’s still a great option if you want to experience the best of this technology.

If you’re looking for an immersive movie experience, 4DX cinemas are the perfect place to see a film in a new way. These auditoriums are equipped with motion-based seats that simulate 20 different effects that are perfectly synchronized with the movie. Some theatres even allow hot drinks, but you’ll be disappointed if you can’t drink them in those theatres. Then again, this technology has made it so much more fun for moviegoers.

4dx Movies in 2023

  • Spider-Man: Across the Spider-Verse (The Best)
  • Mission: Impossible – Dead Reckoning Part One
  • Gran Turismo
  • Fast X
  • Ant-Man and the Wasp: Quantumania
  • The Flash
  • Guardians of the Galaxy Vol. 3
  • The Super Mario Bros. Movie
  • John Wick: Chapter 4

Best 4dx Movies in 2022

  • Uncharted / February 18, 2022
  • Black Panther: Wakanda Forever / November 11, 2022
  • Bullet Train / August 5, 2022
  • Thor: Love and Thunder / July 8, 2022
  • Jurassic World: Dominion / June 10, 2022
  • Top Gun: Maverick / May 25, 2022
  • Doctor Strange in the Multiverse of Madness / May 6, 2022
  • Fantastic Beasts: The Secrets of Dumbledore / April 15, 2022
  • Morbius / April 1, 2022

A movie that uses 4DX technology is an exciting way to see a movie in a new and immersive way. Unlike standard cinemas, 4DX movies are brand new and have no intermission, so they can last a long time. For example, “Bohemian Rhapsody” was a four-dimensional musical that featured 16 minutes of vibrational “beats”. Likewise, a film with an IMAX format is different from a normal film with a lower aspect ratio.

The most popular types of movies that can benefit from 4DX include action and science fiction films. A movie that uses 4DX is similar to a theme park ride, and it can enhance the overall experience. The special effects of 4DX are usually synchronized with the motion of the film, and they can make even the most mundane scenes feel thrilling and engrossing. A movie with a 4-DX will be more realistic.

Why Many HR Teams Stop Outsourcing Payroll as Their Companies Grow

Payroll is every company’s most significant expense, and managing it is cumbersome. When first getting started, many companies begin by preparing and sending monthly spreadsheets to external payroll service providers who then process the payroll. 

However, over time, this workflow starts to involve too much friction. As a company grows, its employee base becomes more complex. Worker statuses change, filing needs evolve, and outsourced service providers, who often work with dozens of clients, struggle to keep pace with everything. 

This puts the company in a tough situation. Should you power through and stick with your payroll services vendor, or should you bring it in-house, using HR software that includes integrated payroll? Here are a few reasons why companies find themselves facing this challenge.

Rigid Timelines

Outsourced payroll processing often runs like a project. Rigid spreadsheets filled with heavily formatted data must be delivered before a deadline for processing. Outsourced providers might struggle to accommodate changes, despite their best intentions.

They simply have too many clients to accommodate ad-hoc or last-minute requests, putting fast-growing companies in a bind. This inflexibility is a symptom of payroll run as a project. Worse, the company loses visibility over payroll costs and processes, since payroll data stays outside the organization.

Here’s why this happens. An outsourced payroll service provider stores data on their systems but doesn’t provide the company full access to it. While this suits small businesses, it does not work for growing companies. These companies need payroll data for their growth projections.

As the most critical cost a company incurs, leaving payroll data out of growth model projections makes no sense. Even if the outsourced provider sends data over in a spreadsheet, the company’s finance team has to transform, clean, and upload it.

They also have no way of confirming the accuracy of such data. After all, it does not reflect a real-time view of a company’s workforce, leading to a lack of trust in the output. As a result, companies don’t know where they stand and have to conform to financial projections around payroll timelines. This isn’t a great situation for any company, let alone a fast-growing one.

Regimented Processes 

Why do outsourced payroll service providers operate with such rigid timelines? The simple answer is that these timelines result from processes with little leeway. Having many clients means each must conform to specific workflows that suit the service provider.

The client has no say in the matter, even if workflows don’t suit them. The result is that payroll ends up inadvertently running the business. Company processes begin revolving around payroll deadlines and hiring plans get shelved.

This is because making last-minute hires or shifts in worker statuses might attract fines due to incorrect payroll filings. Worse, existing employees do not receive flexible work arrangement approval quickly, since the company has to wait for updated data from their payroll bureau to model the financial impact and respond.

There is a bigger problem in this arrangement. Outsourced service providers do not understand a company’s aims and have no incentive to change their processes. As a result, payroll becomes a growth sticking point.

Companies cannot freely create hiring plans or scale without worrying about payroll impact. Given its outsourced nature, this impact has more to do with processes than costs, which is an odd position for any company to find itself in.

No Room for Creative Compensation

Fast-growing companies often find it challenging to hire talented people. As exciting as their growth trajectory is, their future is uncertain, and convincing people to join them is tough. Compensation plays a big role in luring such candidates, making payroll a big part of the decision.

Outsourced payroll services end the conversation before it begins because the service provider cannot accommodate the work it takes to design such packages. For instance, if a prospective employee asks for less equity and more healthcare perks, modeling this impact and negotiating with them is close to impossible when outsourcing payroll.

The service provider can model the impact and send data over, but is unlikely to be able to accommodate the back-and-forth that occurs during such discussions. As a result, the company has to stick to vanilla work arrangements, making them less competitive in the market.

Existing workers don’t receive the benefits of high growth either. Compensation plans take too long to review and work arrangements remain in place to prevent upsetting payroll processes. In short, the company turns into a less desirable place to work.

Outsourcing Payroll Imposes a Ceiling

While outsourcing payroll makes a lot of sense initially, it places a ceiling on growth for a lot of companies. Choosing software or bringing payroll in-house are two good solutions for high-growth companies. Outsourced services, no matter how flexible, will struggle to match the ease those options offer.

Vision OS Developers: Navigating the Apple Vision Pro, Finding and Hiring Engineers

Welcome to the future of personal AR/VR Spatial Computing.

Welcome to the realm of Apple Vision Pro and visionOS. As the latest addition to Apple’s revolutionary product lineup, Vision Pro is an immersive device that’s set to redefine the way we interact with technology. Its unique operating system, VisionOS, is designed to unlock new opportunities both at work and at home, changing the way users experience apps, entertainment, communication, and much more.

Key takeaways:

  1. Understanding Apple Vision Pro and visionOS: Apple’s Vision Pro and its new operating system, visionOS, are poised to transform personal computing by merging the digital and physical world. The new three-dimensional interface, interactive capabilities, and spatial computing opportunities redefine user engagement.
  2. Opportunities for Developers: The new platform presents exciting opportunities for developers, inviting them to create immersive experiences, design productivity apps with infinite screen real estate, or even build games using the principles of spatial computing.
  3. Hiring the Right Talent: Hiring developers for Apple Vision Pro and visionOS requires a unique set of skills. Developers need to be proficient in Swift and Objective-C, understand 3D programming, spatial computing, and have a strong grasp of user interface design principles.
  4. Finding Developers: Suitable developers for Vision Pro can be found on online job portals, freelance platforms, professional networks, or developer-focused platforms like GitHub and Stack Overflow.
  5. Evaluation Process: Hiring should not be solely based on technical skills. Problem-solving abilities, creativity, and understanding of user experiences are also important factors to consider.
  6. Unleashing Full Potential: The full potential of the Apple Vision Pro can be realized with the right developers who can harness its features and create user experiences that redefine the norms of personal computing.

Apple Vision Pro and visionOS together aim to break the traditional boundaries of screen-based interfaces, introducing a world where digital content blends seamlessly with the physical realm. The three-dimensional interface, interactive capabilities, and a whole range of exciting features offer a level of user engagement like never before. But to harness this spatial technology’s full potential, you need the right developers – those who understand this revolutionary platform and can build immersive experiences for it. This article aims to guide you through understanding this new technology and the process of finding and hiring the right developer.

Understanding Vision OS

VisionOS is the beating heart of the Apple Vision Pro, an operating system (OS) designed from the ground up to support the low-latency requirements of spatial computing. It leverages decades of engineering innovation from macOS, iOS, and iPadOS, but it is more than just an evolution of these systems. It is a revolution in its own right.

The operating system features a three-dimensional interface that makes digital content look and feel present in the user’s physical world. This interface responds dynamically to natural light and casts shadows, thus aiding the user in understanding scale and distance. It’s a transformation that expands the possibilities for personal computing and introduces an entirely new sensory layer to digital interactions.

To navigate and interact with the spatial content, Vision Pro introduces an entirely new input system that can be controlled by a user’s eyes, hands, and voice. You can browse through apps by simply looking at them, select by tapping your fingers, scroll by flicking your wrist, or dictate using your voice. This input system aims to make technology more natural and intuitive to use, creating a closer bond between humans and the devices they use.

One of the standout features of visionOS is EyeSight (short video about from Keynote – WWDC23). This extraordinary innovation helps users stay connected with the people around them. When someone approaches a user wearing Vision Pro, the device feels transparent, letting the user see them while also displaying the user’s eyes. When a user is immersed in an environment or using an app, EyeSight gives visual cues to others about what the user is focused on. This feature is an embodiment of the thoughtful design and user-focused approach that Apple is known for.

Download VisionOS SDK for Free:

VisionOS SDK link to download (Xcode15).

Understanding visionOS is crucial to grasp the potential that the Apple Vision Pro has to offer. In the following sections, we’ll explore the design and technological breakthroughs of the Vision Pro, as well as the privacy and security features it introduces. But remember, the full potential of this innovative technology can only be realized with the right development talent. We’ll also guide you on how to identify and hire developers proficient in this new platform.

The Opportunities for Developers

The launch of Apple Vision Pro and visionOS presents unprecedented opportunities for developers. Given the cutting-edge technology and the range of features it offers, Vision Pro provides a fertile ground for innovation and creativity in Mixed Reality Zone. It’s a platform that challenges developers to think beyond traditional app experiences and explore the vast potential of spatial computing.

Porting iOS to VisionOS is Easy.

Developers can create applications that leverage the three-dimensional interface, build immersive gaming experiences that capitalize on spatial computing, or design productivity apps that use the infinite screen real estate offered by Vision Pro. Furthermore, with the introduction of an all-new App Store specifically for Vision Pro, developers have a direct avenue to reach users and showcase their innovative creations. Understanding the capabilities of Vision Pro and mastering the developer toolkit is an exciting journey full of possibilities.

What is the price of Apple’s Vision Pro?

The price of Apple’s Vision Pro is $3,499 with 256GB of storage, which is more than three times the price of its main competitor, Meta’s Quest Pro VR headset, which starts at $999. More than 20 million units of Quest Pro have been sold.

Steps to Hiring a Developer for Vision Pro

  1. Identifying the Skills Required: Hiring the right developer begins with understanding the specific skills required for developing on Vision Pro. Familiarity with Apple’s development ecosystem, including Swift is crucial. Developers will also need to understand 3D programming and spatial computing concepts, alongside having a strong grasp of user interface design principles.
  2. Finding the Right Developer: There are several platforms where you can find suitable developers. Online job portals, freelance platforms, and professional networks like LinkedIn can be valuable resources. Developer-focused platforms like GitHub, Stack Overflow, or Apple’s own developer forums can also provide avenues to find talent.
  3. Hiring Considerations and Process: It’s important to evaluate candidates not just on their technical skills, but also on their problem-solving abilities, creativity, and understanding of user experiences. A robust hiring process might involve initial screening based on portfolios or resumes, followed by technical tests, and interviews to assess culture fit and soft skills.

Go to TurnKey Staffing if you need help with this.

Vacancy Samples

  • Computer vision and Software developer
  • Artificial Vision Analyst Developer
  • ARKit and Vision Pro SDK developer
  • iOS Developer (VisionOS SDK)
  • Computer Vision/ML Engineer

Conclusion

The Apple Vision Pro is a significant leap forward in the world of personal computing. With its revolutionary features, it presents endless opportunities for users and developers alike. However, the key to unlocking its full potential lies in the hands of skilled developers who can navigate this new landscape effectively.

Hiring the right developer is a critical step in this journey. Understanding the unique capabilities of Vision Pro and visionOS, identifying the necessary skills, and knowing where to find the right talent are the first steps. Armed with this knowledge, you can bring onboard developers who can truly exploit the power of Apple Vision Pro, creating immersive experiences that will redefine the way we interact with technology.

TOP 10 AR SDK for iOS & Android Development in 2024

I make the TOP-list of iOS and Android Augmented Reality SDK intended to shape your AR development (Free and Paid).

I make the TOP-list of iOS and Android Augmented Reality SDK intended to shape your AR development.

In 2022, revenue from AR mobile applications amounted to 15 497 million U.S. dollars worldwide.

statista.com

First, looking Wiki-Article: Augmented reality – Wikipedia
With the help of advanced AR technology (e.g. adding computer vision and object recognition) the information about the…en.wikipedia.org

SDK (software development kit or devkit) is typically a set of software development tools that allows the creation of applications for a certain software package, software framework, hardware platform, computer system, video game console, operating system, or similar development platform.

This AR SDK for iOS and Android that you can start using right NOW!

Free SDKPaid SDK
ARToolKit
ARKit
Flutter
EasyAR
Xzimg
NyARToolkit
Kudan
MAXST
Wikitude
Vuforia
XZIGM
AR-media


Free Augmented reality SDK:

Flutter – beautiful native apps in record time

Flutter is new Google’s mobile UI framework for crafting high-quality native experiences on iOS and Android in record time. Flutter works with existing code, is used by developers and organizations around the world, and is free and open source.

Who’s using Flutter?


ARToolKit

Available on: Android, iOS & Mac, Windows, Linux

ARToolKit is an open-source computer tracking library for creation of strong augmented reality applications that overlay virtual imagery on the real world.

License‎: ‎GNU Lesser General Public License
Original author(s)‎: ‎Hirokazu Kato


ARKit by Apple

Introducing Augmented Reality development for iOS, one of the biggest mobile platforms of today. ARKit is an SDK for software developers to create augmented reality apps and games for iPhones and iPads.

Supported platforms: iOS 17.0+


EasyAR

Available on: Android, iOS & Mac, Windows

Apps powered by EasyAR SDK 3.0



NyARToolkit

Available on: Android, iOS.

NyARToolkit for Processing is provided by LGPLv3.

Latest commit on Sep 21, 2017

NyARToolkit project is developing a vision-based AR library that based on ARToolKit. Current NyARToolkit libraries have ARToolKit Professional (ARToolKit5) APIs.


Kudan

Available on: Android, iOS & Unity

According to reviews and comparisons of efficiency, Kudan is the main rival of Vuforia and make augmented reality development very easy.


MAXST

Available on: Android, iOS & Windows, Mac

MAXST AR SDK Is the Easiest Way to Develop an AR App. Learn More. AR MANUAL. The AR Manual Is a New-concept User’s Manual at Your Fingertips.


Paid augmented reality SDK

Wikitude

Available on: Android, iOS & Unity, Smart glasses Wikitude – Get Started With The World’s Leading Cross-Platform AR SDK
An Augmented Reality engine that empowers your iOS, Android & Smart Glasses apps with Image & Object Tracking, Instant…www.wikitude.com

Supported development frameworks: Native API, JavaScript API, Unity3D, Xamarin, Titanium, Cordova.

Wikitude is a mobile augmented reality technology provider based in Salzburg, Austria. An Augmented Reality engine that empowers your iOS, Android & Smart Glasses apps with Image & Object Tracking, Instant tracking (SLAM), Geo AR.
Founded in 2008.
Developer(s)‎: ‎Wikitude GmbH

 
Free Startup Pro Pro3D Demo  Enterprise
Geo Geo Geo Geo Geo
2D Im.Recognition 2D Im.Recognition 2D Im.Recognition 2D Im.Recognition 2D Im.Recognition
3D Image Recognition 3D 3D 3D
Cloud Recognition Cloud Recognition
Multiple apps
Watermark No No No No
Free €1990 per app €2490 per app €499 per app Call

Vuforia

Available on: Android, iOS & Unity, Windows

Supported platforms: Android, iOS, UWP and Unity Editor.

Vuforia is the leading AR platform. Paid from $99/mo

Read also: Vuforia Developer library — wiki.

XZIGM

Available on: Android, iOS & Windows, WebGL

XZIMG Face Tracking engine is a product developed by XZIMG Research that addresses the Augmented Reality market.

AR-media

Available on: Android, iOS & Unity


Zappar: Augmented, Virtual & Mixed Reality Solutions

Augmented Reality adds a new feature to this evolutionary appendage totally reimagining the role of the camera on your phone when used in an app as a new remote control for the world connecting you (and your audience if you’re a business owner) to the things and places around you.

For iOS or Android or an embed component in your existing app or indeed a new standalone app

There are lots of solutions allowing you to start developing your Augmented Reality App right away.

Note: Description for SDK has been copied from their respective official website.

The best apps for Combining Photos on your iPhone/iPad

Look at The best 15 apps for Combine Photos/Pictures on your iPhone/iPad with iOS [Free or Paid]

Many individuals store a myriad of photos on their devices. Why not transform these pictures into something unique? This collection of apps lets you combining photos, and merge multiple images into a single project, creating beautiful collages. Now, you can encapsulate memories from parties, holidays, school days, and other occasions in one frame.

What’s a more perfect way to assemble pictures of your family, pets, and closest companions?

PicMerger: Photo Collage Maker

Go to the App Store
Languages: English
Price: Free

Unleash your creativity with PicMerger, the all-in-one photo editing app tailored to transform your memories into masterpieces. Whether you’re looking to craft a collage, add the finishing touches, or merge pictures seamlessly, PicMerger has got you covered.

PicMerger Features:

  • Collage Creator: Dive into our vast library of over 200+ user-friendly templates to craft the perfect collage.
  • Watermark & Text: Personalize your photos by adding watermarks or overlaying text, ensuring your memories remain yours.
  • Instagram Ready: Adjust your photos to fit the ideal Instagram dimensions with a single tap.
  • Stickers & Custom Frames: Infuse personality into your collages with over 100+ stickers and custom frames, making every creation distinct.
  • High-Resolution Save: Never compromise on quality. Save your masterpieces in crisp, high resolution.
  • Texture & Border Customization: Modify the texture of your collage borders and tailor the shapes to your liking.
  • Overlay Text and Emojis: Add flair to your collages with a variety of text options and emojis.
  • Seamless Stitching: Perfectly blend before-and-after photos or consolidate text conversation screenshots into one cohesive image.

With PicMerger, photo editing becomes a delightful experience. Dive in and let your imagination soar!

-=-

Pic Collage App – Photo Editor & Card Templates

Get for free on iPhone and iPad

Languages: English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Russian, Simplified Chinese, Spanish, Traditional Chinese, Vietnamese

??? A+ Rank

Did you just get back from the perfect vacation, and now you can’t pick which photos to share with family and friends? There’s no need to pick when you’ve got the Pic Collage app. This one makes it possible to take those pictures and add them to the collage template to create something special that you can share on Twitter, Facebook, and Instagram. You can add all kinds of photo effects, borders, stickers, clip the photos, and plenty more. As far as where you can get your photos from you can import them from Facebook, Instagram, and your Photo Library.

  • Take all your favorite photos and make a collage of them
  • Add photo effects, borders, stickers, and clip the photos
  • Make use of the templates offered to combine photos
  • Import your photos from Facebook, Instagram, and your Photo Library
  • Share photos on Twitter, Facebook, and Instagram

Pic Stitch – #1 Photo and Video Collage Maker

Load for free on iOS & Android

?? B Rank

One of the most popular collage makers available for iOS. Pic Stitch gives you the ability to not just combine photos together, but also videos. Users can choose from one of 300 collage layouts and 15 aspect ratios. The app is very intuitive and easy to use and gives the ability to add filters, music, and make edits to each component with a little tap here and a little swipe there. Social media integration allows users to share their final results via Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Path, email, and more.

  • Merge photos and/or videos together
  • More than 300 layouts
  • Create a collage in one of 15 aspect ratios
  • Intuitive and easy to use
  • Social media integration to share the final result

Canva App – Photo Editing Combine

Canva is your free photo editor and video editor in one graphic design app! Create stunning social media posts, videos, cards, flyers, photo collages & more.

Open the Desktop Web App Now!

Photo Grid – Collage Maker & FX Editor

Free on App Store for your iPhone

??? A+ Rank!

When an app has more than 100 million downloads then you know the developers are clearly on to something. That’s exactly the case with the Photo Grid app. This one provides you with a way to make photo collages that you can then share on Instagram. Instead of just trying to get your message across with one picture now you can add a few. In fact there are more than 300 different layouts to choose from as you make use of the various editing functions. Add hashtags to your collages, text, a blur effect, stickers, and more.

  • The app has more than 100 million downloads
  • There are over 300 different layouts, offering plenty of choice
  • Make use of hashtags, text, blur, and stickers
  • The app is user-friendly and quick to use
  • Share the creations on Instagram

Photo Grid app review

Adobe Photoshop Mix: edit, cut and combine your photos with fun, creative tools

Find for free on iPad

??? A+ Rank

When it comes to professional-quality photo editing tools you’ll find a wide variety in the Adobe Photoshop Mix app. This one makes it possible to enhance, merge, and remove sections of photos quickly and easily. You’ll feel like an actual pro thanks to the advanced editing tools this one features. Of course all your results can be shared on social networks and you can also connect to the “Creative Cloud” should you decide to purchase the plan. This app is meant for the user who is looking to go further than the basic photo editing options.

  • The app offers a variety of advanced editing tools
  • This is meant for advanced photographers and editors
  • Results can be shared to social networks
  • You can save your work to the Creative Cloud
  • You can send photos to Photoshop CC on your desktop

Fused : Double Exposure, Video and Image Blender & Editor

Here for free on iOS

??? A+ Rank

FUSED makes it easy to allow you to blend photos, videos, or a combination of both. There are just four steps to making a beautiful piece of art. Import a background and foreground, swipe t o preview and then choose a Blend Mode, make color adjustments and apply masking if you want, and then export or save your finished piece. The user interface is simple to use, you get 20 real-time blending modes, it’s easy to share directly to your favorite social media platforms, and the color adjustment tools give you lots of control over the blending process.

  • Layer your photos and videos
  • Optimized for iPhone 6 and 6 Plus
  • A variety of blending modes
  • Precise editing options
  • Free with in-app purchases

LiveCollage – Instant Collage Maker & Photo Editor & FX Editor FREE

Get for free

A+ Rank

LiveCollage is a fantastic photo editor and collage maker you will very quickly make your go-to app. You can combine up to 16 photos with more than 5,000 layouts and stitch photos together to create a photo story using stickers and text. You can pin moments to a customized board, turn your photos into art with over 500 borders, and stylize your snaps with filters, touch-up tools, and more. Make your collages as simple or elaborate as you like. Spend a few seconds or 15 minutes on each one; it’s up to you! 

  • Over 1000 layouts
  • More than 500 borders
  • Many stickers
  • Create amazing collages
  • Free iPhone app for combining photos

Split Pic – Photo Collage Maker, Selfie Editor & Camera Blender

Get for free

A+ Rank

Split Pic is another collage maker that allows you to do cloning effects. You can blend the images together, adjust the images, edit, and more. You have access to 14 custom photo filters as well. Any unfinished works get saved automatically and you can come back and work on it or save it and share it as-is. You can collaborate on photos with anyone in the world, too. You get access to stickers, designer effects, and exclusive artwork too. You can take photos in real time or upload from your camera roll. Split your camera into sections and create amazing art.

  • Lots of effects and color tools
  • Collaborate with friends
  • Apply stickers and artwork
  • 14 custom photo filters
  • Free with in-app purchases

Split Pic app review

BeFunky – Photo Editor & Collage Maker

Get for free

??? A+ Rank

BeFunky is a fun photo editor that lets you do whatever you want with your photos. It comes with a great selection of photo effects and editing options you won’t find anywhere else. Create amazing collages with to nine photos and add text, backgrounds, and stickers. Have your choice from a huge amount of different fonts, backgrounds, and colors. Overlay shapes and patterns, and touch-up your photos with blemish fixer, teeth whitener, red eye reduction, flash spot remover, and more. Once you’re satisfied with your creation, share with Flickr, Twitter, BeFunky, Facebook, Instagram, and/or Tumblr. Or save to your Camera Roll for use later.

  • Powerful editing tools
  • Combine photos for amazing collages
  • Fun photo effects
  • Goodies and stickers to use
  • Free with in-app purchases

BeFunky Photo Editor app review

PicLab – Photo Editor, Collage Maker & Creative Design App

Get for iOS or Android

??? A+ Rank

PicLab is another photo editor that lets you combine photos and add a wide array of artwork, typography, effects, filters, and more to your photos and then share them over different social media networks. There are currently 20 filters to use, with more promised. You can draw on your photos, create fun collages, add artwork and overlays, choose stickers, and create multiple text layers. There are more than 100 shapes, overlays, borders, light-leaks, and more. Use the hashtag #PicLab on Twitter and Instagram to see what the community has created.

  • Combine photos with your iPhone
  • Choose a theme
  • 20 photo filters
  • Large collection of stickers, textures, shapes, borders, and more
  • Free with in-app purchases

Link: Positive & Negative Reviews: PicLab – Photo Editor app

Pic Jointer – Picture Collage, Camera Effects plus Photo Editor

Load for free

? “F” Rank

Collect your pictures and join them together with beautiful results by using the Pic Jointer app. This one makes it possible to use up to five photos in one collage and there are over 200 layouts for you to pick from. Each of the layouts is also customizable. Add frames to your creations and switch up the background and color. You can also customize the border of the frame. There are no watermarks on the collages and you can share your creation to Tumblr, Twitter, Facebook, and Instagram.

  • The app is user-friendly and promotes creativity
  • There are more than 200 layouts to pick from
  • Layouts offer customizable ratios
  • Share your creations to Tumblr, Twitter, Facebook, and Instagram
  • Adjust the border/frames with ease
  • Use up to five photos at a time

Pic Jointer app review: edit your photos and create stunning collages with ease

Framatic – Magic Photo Collage and Pic Frame Stitch for Instagram (Free)

Get for free

? “F” Rank

Have you ever noticed that a photo just looks way more complete and compelling once you add a frame to it? You will be able to add the perfect frame as well as layout thanks to the Framatic app. Features of this app include 36 different layouts that are customizable, 92 effects you can add to your picture, 32 different Instagram borders, and 40 patterns that you can use as your background. The list of editing tools goes on and on and you can even add text to your collage to finish it off. Of course your finished work can be shared to all the most popular social networks.

  • There are a large amount of customizable layouts to choose from
  • There are 92 different effects
  • Results can be shared to social networks
  • The editing tools are smooth, user-friendly, and don’t need instructions

Framatic app review: create stunning framed picture compositionsShow comments (0)

The best photo organization apps for iPhone and iPad

If you are the kind of person who likes to take a lot of photos, and has hundreds or even thousands of images on your iOS device, then you will definitely want to consider using one of the apps in today’s list. Below are some of the best photo organization apps for iPhone and iPad, offering all kinds of great features to make it easier than ever before to keep your pictures neat and tidy.

Slidebox – Photo Manager & Album Organizer

Get for free now!

Slidebox is an app that helps you to organize your photos and pictures in an efficient manner. Quickly delete photos that you don’t want with just one swipe. In one tap you can organize your photos. Entire albums can be sent via email. No account set-up or in-app purchases are required to use all of the features in this app. iCloud supported, photo comparison and easily save a photo to your iDevice’s camera roll. It doesn’t get any simpler than this app.

  • Free app, No in-app purchases required
  • Quickly delete photos with a swipe
  • Email entire photo albums
  • No account or set-up needed
  • Compare photos, Easily save photos

Mosaic Photo Books by Mixbook

Get this photo merge app for free

This photo merge app has been featured on a few major media outlets and praised by users. If you are looking to create photo books of your photos then look no further. We have the app for you. Make your book in minutes and have it delivered to your door in 4 days. Choose 20 pics, upload quickly, preview your photobook and you are done. For one flat fee, you get a beautiful looking 7×7 inch Mosaic photobook that preserves your photos and makes it easier for you to show others. Additionally, these photobooks make for wonderful gifts no matter the occasion.

  • Very simple to create photobooks
  • Choose 20 pics, Fast uploads, Preview photobook
  • Arrives in 4 days, Beautiful packaging
  • One flat fee for a 7×7 inch photobook
  • Makes for wonderful presents

MIKU – Photo editing by professionals

Get for free

MIKU is an app that turns your flawed pictures into high quality, professional-looking photos. Choose which of your photos needed editing, upload them into this app, select the types of edits needed, and within 2 hours you will have your photos completed by highly trained professionals. This photo editing service is great for those of you looking to create flawless images for work, Social Media or for printing. It’s a very quick and simple process that can be done any time of the day. With MIKU, you no longer have to painstakingly try to stitch photos together, just connect with a professional and have them do it the right way.

MIKU Advantages

  • Connect with professionals to edit your images;
  • Choose, Upload and Receive edited photos within 2 hours;
  • Remove all imperfections and flaws within your photos;
  • Ideal for professionals or those who are printing photos;
  • Friendly, Fast and Budget Friendly service.

Moments – Get the photos you didn’t take

Get for free

This is quite possibly the easiest way to send, share or receive group photos of you and your friends. A moment groups photos based on an event or friends in the photos. Then you can send the entire moment to whomever you want or grant access for others to add more photos to the moment. It’s easy to use, great for organizing photos however you want and a nice tool to search through your photos quickly. You can save the photos they add to the moment right to your own iDevice. Create a slideshow and share it on FaceBook too.

  • Good for organizing photos of events, places or people
  • Send multiple photos at once
  • Allow others to access your moment
  • Easy for other to share photos within the moment
  • Save photos that others add right to your iDevice

Lifecake

Get for free on iOS&Android

F – Rank App

Lifecake is designed to help parents keep track of those special, random or planned moments in the lives of their children. Enjoy photos across a timeline, combine photos, add photos from other sources, view a specific age along the timeline, compare their different life stages, find any moment of their life, share slideshows with others, family members get automatic updates and more. This app is the free version which has a maximum limit on photos and videos. There’s a subscription service to get unlimited photos and videos.

  • Save and document your kid’s life through photos on a timeline
  • Add photos from cloud services or Instagram
  • Search for specific moments, Compare ages
  • Share with family members, Give access to family members
  • In-app purchase for subscription to unlimited photos and videos

GetSpace Free – Duplicate Photo Disk Cleaner & Device Memory Booster

Get for free

This app makes it easier to save space on your iDevice instead of bogging it down with thousands of photos. The interface is simple and elegant, which makes it easy and pleasant to use. Some of the features are very impressive like the auto-finding of duplicate photos, auto-detection of blurred or unfocused photos and the ease of which you can delete photos. The app seemingly learns what you want or don’t want, and will help you to clean up your Camera Roll.

  • The smart and easy way to free up disk space
  • Auto-detection of duplicate photos
  • Auto-detection of blurred or unfocused photos
  • Quickly deleted unwanted photos
  • Photo optimization and reduction

Photo Album – Smart Organizer and Slideshows Maker

Get for free

There are quite a few photo storage apps available that offer a reasonable level of security, but what makes this app slightly different is that it also offers some fairly comprehensive functionality beyond basic security measures. You can actually customize the security options in this by creating a master lock or specifying a password for individual albums that you wish to keep private. Additionally you can share your photos online via social media sites, and even synchronize your files online with Dropbox.

  • Easy drag-and-drop functions
  • Keep certain albums private with PIN protection
  • Easy syncing across multiple devices and Dropbox
  • Create backup files
  • Import unlimited images

Photo File – Organize your photos before you even snap a shot

Get for free

Take full control over your photos with the help of this app. Create custom folders to organize your photos and implement an efficient organization flow to your iDevice. In fact, you can organize your photos before even taking a picture. Quickly choose where the photo will go, create multiple categories in addition to the standard ones already created, and use this app even when you don’t have an Internet connection. This app will prevent you from having duplicate photos, preserve your photos even after you delete the app and makes the entire experience a pleasant one.

  • Use standard categories or create your own
  • Choose where the photo will go before even snapping the shot
  • Increases efficient photo organization
  • No duplicates and won’t delete your photos even after app is gone
  • Can use without an Internet connection

WeTransfer

Get for free

If you need to send large files, up to 10gb, to your friends or family then this is a great app for you. Just enter the email address of the recipient and easily transfer the files. The app was designed to keep things simple and that’s always something we here at Apppicker enjoy. In addition to photos, you can also send video files that you have shot with your iDevice. With a variety of taps and swipes you can perform numerous functions. Additionally, you can also pause your transfer and resume at a more convenient time, like when you have a WiFi connection.

  • Send photos and videos to others
  • Transfer files up to 10gb in size
  • Pause and resume transfers
  • Numerous taps and swipe functions
  • Praised for it’s simplicity

MyPics – A Powerful Photo Viewer, Editor and Manager

Get for free

Millions of users have made this app their photo and video manager and editor. It’s easy to create and organize your photo and video albums so that you can better organize all of your media files. A calendar view is supported, original data won’t be modified, secure data and numerous other functions. You can easily search through your files, add notes and tags, post to Social Media accounts, print via AirPrint, supports AirPlay, backup files via iTunes, edit all of your photos and more. This app is a wonderful blend of organization and editing. There are in-app purchases to remove registration and for a filter pack.

  • Manage and edit your videos and photos
  • Numerous organizational tools and functions
  • Original data is unmodified, Easily import and export files
  • Backup via iTunes, Add notes and tags, Search functions
  • In-app purchases

23snaps – Family Album and Private Photo Sharing

Get for free

23snaps is an online journaling and photo sharing app. Snap photos, take videos, and record memories and share with your own private list of followers. This app is perfect for new parents to share life with grandparents and friends. Because both parents can upload, over time the record becomes a beautiful journal of the key moments of your child’s life. Since features include strict limits on followers, this app is a terrific substitute for Facebook and Instagram. It is especially great for kids to use, for sharing with a safe group of trusted contacts.

  • Social network app for sharing photos
  • Online journaling
  • Great for new parents
  • Safe for kids to have trusted contacts
  • Free photo organization app for iPhone and iPad

Photomyne Pro – Album Scanner

Get app for combining photos for $1.99

Photomyne allows you to scan photos and turn them into live digital records that you can then share. The app is easy to use and has an intuitive interface and you don’t even have to take photos out of an album to scan them! You can scan up to four paper photos in one shot, and the app can auto-crop and correct your scanned photos. Save the scanned photos to your camera roll, easily edit the digital photos, tag friends and family in the photos, and more. You can move photos among albums, set cover photos, and you can create an unlimited number of albums. New users get free 30-day photo backup.

  • Scan paper photos to create digital photos
  • Post to Facebook
  • Fast scanning
  • Easy photo management
  • Paid app with an in-app purchase to upgrade to Premium

FreePrints Photobooks – Free book every month

FreePrints Photobooks makes creating a photobook of your precious memories easy, convenient and fun. The app will also create these 5×7 softcover photobooks for FREE. All you have to do is pay the shipping and handling charge. Additionally, there are premium options to upgrade the free books by turning the softcover into a hardcover, increasing the size or adding more pages to the free 20-page allotment. There are no subscriptions or hidden fees in this app. You can easily create your photobook, have it printed and shipped in an efficient time. This app is truly a wonderful app and something that anyone considering a photobook should seriously download.

  • Get free photobooks of your photos, High quality
  • All free photobooks require you to pay the shipping fee
  • Upgrade the free, standard photobook for small charges
  • No subscriptions or hidden fees
  • Get the photobooks delivered within a few days

Aesthetic Phone Icon for iPhone Free on iOS 17 or newest

With the large selection of iPhone home screen icons currently available, finding the perfect one is tough. You can choose from various styles of app icons, including neon/retro and anime.

But don’t worry – having a beautiful new phone icon is a lot easier than you may think.
This article has some awesome shaded icons which you can download for free.

All these are designed to be used with iPhone. Now you know all the different ways to make your phone icon look awesome! Let’s find what will suit you best – whether that be neon, beige or something else.

Aesthetic phone icon pink

Aesthetic phone icon purple

Aesthetic phone icon blue

Aesthetic phone icon brown

Phone icon aesthetic green

Phone icon aesthetic white & black

Phone icon aesthetic red

Aesthetic phone icon beige

Phone icon yellow aesthetic

Phone icon cute aesthetic

Aesthetic phone icon neon

Bigo Live Banned Request Free Tutorial

Please I’m banned for one month and can I please open for me I’m permanently banned never join to friends only message I messaged only please unbanned me I will never do a mistake again

I mean Bigo live streaming I’m banned permanently so. Can I open it for me??

Why My BIGO LIVE Account is Banned?

Your account will be banned if you violate the Community Convention of BIGO Live. Please read the detailed Community Convention before you go live >>> “Me” -> “Settings” -> “About Us” -> “Community Convention”.

If you see violations, please report to us so that our censor can investigate the issue at once.

Bigo Clips That Got Streamers BANNED

How to Unblock Bigo Live Banned Account?

Bigo Live Banned Account

If your BIGO LIVE account got banned/blocked (Class A permanent or Class B temporary) due to breaking bigo live community rules. You can request this free service to unblock your account as soon as possible.

First Free Unblock Form

    If you’re permanently blocked on Bigolive then you may never get your account back on the same phone, you need to make another account and buy new phone, if it is not permanently blocked but you’re having problems with account then you can write them at feedback@bigo.tv.

    But if permanently blocked they just don’t give your account back, forget about it, no shit works even if you begin email hundred times, but there are other ways if you have option in your phone settings called dual apps, parallel space, it works or you can download parallel space app from Google Play Store and use a New Bigolive account.

    [yop_poll id=”1″]

    We understand how important it is for you to restore a bigo account. Our experience says that this is real. But you need a great desire on your part. Your account is your opportunity for the enormous potential of this social network. To do this, try hard. You are ready? We can help!

    Now there is a large queue of pending accounts on our list. Use this button to go up.

    Warranty

    We do not give guarantees for the result of the unblock. But we can guarantee that your application will be considered.

    What is a Web Poker Timer App?

    A Poker timer or poker clock is a device or app that times blind levels and keeps track of small and big blinds during tournaments. This is so players will no longer be confused when the minimum bet raises to a new level and they can watch the timer as it gets close to the next blind level. The dealer should be the one controlling the device and setting it up. There will be an alarm set off when a new level is reached. 

    Some timers are simple in design performing only the basic function of timing around with the amount of rounds configuration, while others more complex help you seat and move players around that allowing blind configuration, number of levels, chip amount, rebuys, player and league stats. 

    Poker timers can be found all over the internet, many as free online applications, downloadable mobile apps and even physical clocks you can purchase for home games or professional tournaments. 

    Poker Timer Apps

    Apps are more commonly found online. Many are for free and will offer the basic functions. 

    A web poker timer app is probably the best solution of all. These are not required to be downloaded, offer more functions than the basic dealer clock and cost no money. They can be easily accessed from your mobile phone or computer without having to install anything.

    Play Store apps on the other hand do cost some money, mainly because it is not free to host apps on the playstore, but this doesn’t mean it will come with more functions than the free ones found online. These are very different from other time control apps that are used for focused work and relaxation. 

    Commercial poker timer apps or blinds timers that are worth your money should come with many additional features like blind amount levels, chip counts, rebuys, and player and league stats. Make sure that if you are paying for an app that it has all of these features. 

    Physical Poker Clocks

    Physical timers customized for poker are hard to find online, even on sites like Amazon. The main characteristic of a physical timer is the display of time of all the sides from the device, so it is usually designed as a cube. The downside from a physical poker clock is that it is not customizable for blind levels and other functions, it will just keep track of time. 

    They do exist and are a nice gadget for home poker tournaments. Dealer button clocks are more common to purchase online. These are simple devices that do not cost more than $30 dollars and will beep whenever it’s time to raise the blind levels. 

    How to work the poker blind timer app?

    I ask GPT to help me with this question:

    A poker blind timer app is designed to help players keep track of their blinds in a poker game. The app can be used on a smartphone or tablet, and it is typically very easy to use.

    To start, players will need to download the poker blind timer app onto their devices. Once the app is installed, they can select the game they are playing and the blind structure they want to use.

    The app will then start counting down the time until the next blind level. When the timer runs out, the blinds will increase, and the app will notify players of the new blinds. This process will repeat until the end of the game.

    Some poker blind timer apps also include additional features, such as the ability to customize the blind structure or to track players’ chip stacks.

    Overall, using a poker blind timer app can help ensure that the game runs smoothly and that players are aware of the blind structure at all times.

    Features

    Blind Levels – The main feature from one of these clocks is the ability to configure blind levels and their duration. A basic timer will just count down a given set of time and then beep the alarm, while a poker timer moves on to the next level after the alarm is set off. 

    Big Blinds and Antes – It will let players know what the minimum bet is as well as the big blind.

    Number of Players – Set how many players sit at the table. This number can be modified as players are eliminated. 

    The timer should be functional for standard, turbo, and deepstack formats of longer duration and levels. Not having to keep track of time manually will ensure a fair and comfortable game for all players. 

    Set-Up

    For online applications follow these steps:

    1. Find the settings menu which should be on one of the corners of the page. 
    2. You will see the different configuration fields. Set the number of players, blind levels, and any add-ons.
    3. Select the type of tournament: standard, turbo, deep stack tournament.
    4. Set the duration of each level and ante values, along with Big Blinds and Small Blinds. 
    5. Once everything is set, go back to the main page where everything should be configured. 

    Why You Should Use a Poker Timer

    Blind and position timing are key for fair and smooth poker gameplay, especially in tournaments. You do not want players taking all the time they wish before they decide what to do during their turn. Many times during online tournaments players seem to disappear from the table while grabbing snacks or internet disconnection, and so the timer ensures their turn ends after some given seconds with enough time for their return. Offline players require their own poker timer to fulfill this function for them. 

    The timers are the most useful in home poker games, especially with tournaments. Even if you are the host and designated dealer, the timer will allow you to play the game without worrying too much about levels and betting minimums.

    9 Advantages of Using a POS System to Boost Your Business Revenue

    A point of sale (POS) system offers several advantages over electronic cash registers and credit card terminals when it comes to managing sales transactions. The POS system has the potential to improve not just your checkout process, but also all other facets of your business.

    Upgrading can lead to improved cashier efficiency, faster service, and better inventory management. You can increase efficiency in your business and enjoy a great deal of cost savings.

    Here are in-depth insights into how a POS system can help businesses save money.

    9 Ways a POS System Can Boost Your Business Revenue

    1. No Need to Hire Accountants

    The average annual income for an accountant is $65,000, and a POS system can help your business save on hiring costs. The reporting functions of modern POS systems make it easy to monitor financial metrics, including revenue, costs, and margins. The technology will provide you with real-time, comprehensible data that you can access from anywhere.

    You can use that information to guide your firm in the right direction. You can learn about your company’s financial status without needing to hire an accountant if you use a point-of-sale system.

    2. Sales Tracking

    Point-of-sale systems provide hourly sales reports. Profits fluctuate during the day for many businesses. Using this method, you can figure out when business is slowest and when it’s busiest. By contrasting these figures with general expenses, you can make more informed decisions. Turning them off during the hours when business is slow will help save money on utility bills.

    Furthermore, there is little purpose in hiring overtime staff if your store is not profitable at night. In this case, the store closing early has financial benefits.

    3. Using Email Receipts instead of Printed Receipts

    The purchase of paper and the printing of documents is a significant expense for businesses. Employing a point-of-sale system will allow you to use less of it, which will result in cost savings. Receipts can be emailed or printed for customers using point-of-sale systems. It is possible to reduce costs associated with print receipts by soliciting clients for their email addresses and sending receipts through the mail.

    4. Save on Tax Money

    A good point-of-sale system can reduce your tax liability. A point-of-sale system streamlines and automates your business’s tracking, allowing for more precise data. The solution gives you access to a sales analytics dashboard where you can view reliable data. That way, you won’t have to worry about incurring any fines that might cut into your profits later on.

    You may get precise and in-depth data on the cost of products sold via inventory value reports. Another of the deductions that can reduce your annual tax liability is the selling price of your products. A point-of-sale system’s real-time sales reports can help you strike a healthy balance between investment and revenue. You can deduct some strategic investments from your taxable income with the use of this kind of revenue tracking.

    5. Analysis of Cost of Goods Sold Vs Profits

    The point-of-sale system’s reporting functions are useful for tracking expenses and earnings. Obtaining comprehensive and straightforward information allows you to evaluate the value of potential purchases and the potential return on investment. In this approach, you’ll be able to make a wise financial choice. That is, invest in goods that generate higher sales and profits.

    6. Faster service

    Customers dislike waiting in lengthy lineups. Customers rarely make it to the end of a purchase at the point of sale because they become frustrated and leave the business. Dissatisfied clients bring with them extra expenses that may have been avoided. Switching from cash registers to a POS system can help speed up the checkout process.

    7. Manage and Track Inventory

    Point-of-sale terminals are useful because of the trustworthy inventory management software they use. The system can automatically keep track of stock levels, doing away with the requirement for any human intervention or inventory loss.

    Automatic surveillance of stock levels allows for more precise and timely stock management. It makes fewer mistakes, saves time, and delivers up-to-the-moment stock information. You, as the company’s owner, will have a constant awareness of what’s in stock and what needs to be restocked.

    8. Cost-Effective Decisions by Analyzing Sales Trends

    The only way to stay ahead of the competition and cut costs is to regularly review sales data and patterns. You can boost your return on investment (ROI) by investing in sales processes and marketing initiatives that are proven to work.

    Your team requires up-to-the-minute sales data, which POS systems supply, in order to make efficiency improvements. Mobile point-of-sale terminals can keep tabs on sales and compile comprehensive data for their proprietors.

    9. Increased Customer Loyalty

    These days, contactless interactions are more important than ever to keep loyal customers happy. Customers can complete their purchases without the involvement of staff when a POS system is in place.

    Customers’ minds are put at ease when using contactless payments at any point in the transaction. Customers will feel more at ease making a purchase and will become more loyal to your business when you use a point-of-sale system.

    When a small business implements a point-of-sale system, employees are no longer needed to process payments. Businesses may save money on labor and free up employees to focus on other tasks, like customer service, thanks to this software.

    Case Studies

    Here are a few case studies highlighting the use of a POS system to increase business revenue:

    1. Adventure Plus: A company specializing in outdoor adventure gear and lessons. With the help of Rain Retail’s proprietary POS system, they were able to overcome several challenges:
      • Online Inventory Integration: Customers could view the inventory online, which increased foot traffic in the store, with some customers coming from other states.
      • Rental Awareness and Management: The usage of the POS system increased rental traffic because it made customers aware of the rental options they previously didn’t know about.
      • Service and Repair Tracking: The repair module in the POS system improved operations in the repair department, allowing for real-time tracking of parts and labor used for each customer’s repair​ (source 1)​.
    2. Chapman’s Acoustic Shoppe: A two-time NAMM Top 100 Dealer that faced challenges in managing their retail store. They found a POS system that integrated different parts of their business, leading to a 35% increase in sales. The benefits they found were:
      • User-Friendly POS Platform: The intuitive menus and in-depth reporting features required little training for staff.
      • Integrated Online & In-Store Inventory Management: The online inventory attracted customers from different states, significantly increasing their customer base.
      • Built-in Service & Repair Tracker: Information was shared instantly with all the technicians and customers, improving communication and customer service​​.
    3. Quick-Service Restaurant Industry: A leading manufacturer of POS systems for the quick-service restaurant industry faced delivery, quality, and consistency problems with their supplier. They hired WIN Enterprises to provide a POS system that could drive up to nine monitors and display customer order information to two parties – the chefs preparing the food and the managers monitoring operations. The use of long-life Intel® embedded components maximized product lifetime and their investment in industry certifications. This solution improved customer service, automated production, controlled costs, and facilitated the movement of information within the restaurant and the corporate headquarters of the franchisee’s office​ (source 2)​.

    Take Away

    Customers’ wait times at the registers can be cut in half with the help of a barcode scanner in the point-of-sale system. Using a point-of-sale system can boost customer happiness and reduce the costs associated with unhappy clients.

    Using a POS system, your business’s data may be tracked automatically. As a result, you can spend less time with each customer and save the expense of adding staff members to do manual tasks. When POS systems take over, businesses can save both time and money.

    New game-changing Technology Removes 99% of CO2 from the Air

    Researchers at the University of Delaware developed a method that captures 99% of the CO2 in the air. 

    Researchers claim that their prototype device, which is about the size of a soda can, can filter about 10 liters per minute and remove approximately 98% of carbon dioxide, a press statement reveals. Although the prototype was designed to remove CO2 in vehicle exhaust, it could also be used in a variety of other applications such as aircraft, spacecraft and submarines. Scientists at the University of Washington have discovered that common mosquitoes fly toward certain colors when they detect the gas we exhale.

    As we explore groundbreaking innovations such as the removal of CO2 from the air on OutsourceIT.today, it’s evident that technology is continually shaping our world in remarkable ways.

    While we marvel at these advancements, we must consider how we spend our leisure time. Just as innovation improves our environment, these games offer a chance to add a touch of thrill to your day and potentially win big in the world of online gaming.

    Capturing 99% of CO2 from the air

    Researchers at the University of Delaware have developed a method to remove 99 percent of the CO2 from the atmosphere using a hydrogen-powered electrochemical process. This important step forward in carbon capture could lead to cleaner fuel cells being available on the market. The chemical energy from a fuel is converted into electricity by fuel cells. The technique was explained by the research team led by Professor Yan Yushan of the State University of New York (February 3, 2009).

    Yan stated that 99% of carbon dioxide can be captured from the air in one pass if the design and configuration are right. How did they manage it? They discovered a way to make the power supply work inside the electrochemical technology. Separating membrane. This inner membrane was electrically shorted, allowing us to remove bulky components such as current collectors and bipolar plates. Although it is not possible to use a fuel cell, researchers realized that they could make the fuel cell stack a carbon anhydride separator by using the integral “self-cleaning”.

    Nature Energy was actually born from the failure of another research project. The team was also able to create a compact spiral module that has a large surface area and a small volume. CES’ patented oxyfuel technologies allow for cleaner and more efficient cogeneration of steam, energy, water, and carbon dioxide. This gives the world a new way to look at natural resources.

    A biomass fuel is a type of biomass that uses CO2 to produce energy over its life span. The process then stores the CO2 safely and permanently to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The new system, as described in Nature Energy, could be used to produce fuel cells commercially.

    Carbon capture: silver bullet or dangerous distraction?

    The team now has a smaller system that can filter more air. The researchers claim that their prototype device, which was small enough to fit in a soda can, can filter approximately 10 liters per minute of air and remove around 98 percent CO2. They also discovered that a smaller electrochemical device measuring 2 by 2 inches could remove 99 percent of the CO2 in the air at a rate of about two liters per hour.

    Although the prototype was designed to remove CO2 from vehicle exhausts, it could also be used in a variety of other applications such as aircraft and spacecraft.

    Although the system is promising for carbon capture, scientists warn that it will not suffice to prevent the climate crisis. According to the U.S. Center for International Environmental Law, scientists wrote in July that carbon trapping was a dangerous distraction that could be used to slow down the transition from fossil fuel use. However, there are several large carbon capture projects in progress, including one new carboncapturing facility in Scotland, which will remove as much as 1 million tons CO2 annually.

    Wix vs WordPress vs Builders: Which One is Better?

    I’ve tried it all and want to tell you my findings so you can save time and money. Although time is definitely more valuable than money!

    For customers with the need to create their own small website or online store, today the most affordable alternatives to the solution are Wix – WordPress (Shopify + Custom template) and Website Builders at domain registrars (like Godaddy). In the first case, there are a lot of training materials and relative freedom of decision. In the second, non-technical users can succumb to the registrar’s offers when they purchase their own domain.

    Which is better?

    All three solutions (Wix, WordPress and other Web Builders) are in the same price range – an average of $0-100, they all fit almost any business client. They all have a trial period in a certain form. All are characterized by outdated template designs. Everyone needs search engine optimization (SEO). For all, you need to further configure in-depth analytics to account for traffic and conversions. Wix and WordPress (WP) have a large database of tutorials and instructions. Wix and Builders allow you to release a site as quickly as possible, with WordPress it will be on average longer. With WP, the client will have complete control over the domain and content of the site. Builders have an advantage – contacts of those who just bought/are buying a domain. Wix and builders have support; WP only has a community or a separate payment. WordPress have more options for designing and connecting other widgets, but with small investments, on average, Wix will have a better design. WordPress has an undoubted advantage in obtaining Organic traffic. Wix has an advantage in speed along the chain Idea-Site-Advertising-Sales. At WordPress, the server will be closer to non-US custom meters.

    I would recommend Wix products to move to the side:

    • improving finished designs and especially mobile typesetting;
    • improve traffic accounting, conversions and sales;
    • improve components and various widgets.

    FAQ

    Which is better: Wix or WordPress?

    If you’re pretty technically confident and are looking to build a large site, WordPress is worth a try. However, if you’re not so tech savvy and prefer an easier platform – while still being able to create a beautiful and professional site – definitely look into Wix.

    Best platform to build a Website

    I have been creating sites for blogging and company presentations with my own hands for about 15 years. I recommend choosing WordPress for blogging and Wix for sites with built-in payments.

    Best platform in AI Era

    In 2023, AI assistants have become very accessible, so simple tasks for programming and CSS styles are now available to everyone. In this direction, working with AI is easier because there are plenty of instructions on the Internet that modern LLM models, such as ChatGPT, are trained on. Therefore, in 2024, I recommend shifting the focus to the WordPress.

    WordPress vs. Wix: Examples

    Build by Wix – Intent IQ Website from Ben Yishai and Roy Shkedi:

    Sample on WordPress – Fortune Media IP Website by Stanley Black:

    How to quickly create sites on builders yourself?

    Use some of this links:

    Confidentiality of Messenger Apps. Who collects the least data? [Table]

    Apple has recently introduced privacy labels in its App Store for iOS apps. This new feature forces developers to reveal all data it collects from users and also explain how the data is being used. With iOS 15 update for iPhones, Apple has ensured that app developers can’t hide behind lengthy and incomprehensible privacy policies and transact with your personal data while offering a free app in return.

    Now, as all apps require what kind of data is harvested from your device, we went through two of the most popular messaging apps — WhatsApp and Messenger– both Facebook products. For the sake of comparison, we are also considering, Telegram, Signal and iMessage. Signal is a relatively lesser-known messaging app in India. But what is important to note is that Signal offers all the features of WhatsApp. Telegram is another WhatsApp alternative offering more privacy.

    For those unaware, the co-founder of WhatsApp– Brian Acton– left the company after Facebook acquired it. He then moved ahead to create the Signal Foundation with Moxie Marlinspike. The Signal messaging app is like what WhatsApp used to be earlier and offers better privacy. There is end-to-end encryption by default powered by the open source Signal Protocol. So, here’s a comparison about the amount of data collected by WhatsApp, Telegram, iMessage, Signal and Facebook Messenger…

    Comparison Table of Messenger Apps Privacy

    AppsData collectedScore
    SignalNone. Signal only needs your mobile number for registration but the report claims that the app doesn’t link your phone number to your identity.5
    iMessageEmail address, Phone number, Search history, Device ID3
    WhatsAppDevice ID, User ID, Advertising Data, Purchase History, Coarse Location, Phone Number, Email Address, Contacts, Product Interaction, Crash Data, Performance Data, Other Diagnostic Data, Payment Info, Customer Support, Product Interaction, Other User, Content2
    Facebook MessengerThird-Party Advertising, Purchase History, Financial Info, Precise Location, Coarse Location, Physical Address, Email Address, Name, Phone Number, Other User Contact Info, Contacts, Photos or Videos, Gameplay Content, Other User Content, Search History, Browsing History, User ID, Device ID, Product Interaction, Advertising Data, Other Usage Data, Crash Data, Performance Data, Other Diagnostic Data, Other Data Types, Developer’s, Advertising or Marketing, Health, Fitness, Payment Info, Sensitive Info, Product Personalization, Credit Info, Other Financial Info, Emails or Text Messages1
    TelegramName, Phone number, Contacts, User ID4

    Signal – Private Messenger

    Data collected: None. Signal only needs your mobile number for registration but the report claims that the app doesn’t link your phone number to your identity.

    iMessage

    Data collected: Email address, Phone number, Search history, Device ID. Click here to see on Apple’s support page.

    Telegram
    Data Collected: Name, Phone number, Contacts, User ID

    ! Can cooperate with the Russian government!

    WhatsApp

    Data collected: Device ID, User ID, Advertising Data, Purchase History, Coarse Location, Phone Number, Email Address, Contacts, Product Interaction, Crash Data, Performance Data, Other Diagnostic Data, Payment Info, Customer Support, Product Interaction, Other User, Content.

    Note: WhatsApp is also known to collect user metadata which hasn’t provided much clarity.

    Facebook Messenger

    For Facebook Messenger, the list is just too long and includes almost all types of personal user data an app can possibly collect.

    Data collected: Third-Party Advertising, Purchase History, Financial Info, Precise Location, Coarse Location, Physical Address, Email Address, Name, Phone Number, Other User Contact Info, Contacts, Photos or Videos, Gameplay Content, Other User Content, Search History, Browsing History, User ID, Device ID, Product Interaction, Advertising Data, Other Usage Data, Crash Data, Performance Data, Other Diagnostic Data, Other Data Types, Developer’s, Advertising or Marketing, Health, Fitness, Payment Info, Sensitive Info, Product Personalization, Credit Info, Other Financial Info, Emails or Text Messages.

    What is the Name of Chime Bank and Address for Direct Deposit?

    Chime is a fintech business that offers online banking services to individuals who are looking for a second chance at banking or an alternative to traditional brick-and mortar banks. Chime allows you to get paid up to two days before your payday. You don’t need to wait for your employer to send you a papercheck.

    Short Answer: Chime offers customer-friendly deposit policies and strives for fast money in your account. Your employer will need to know the name and address of your Chime bank.

    Chime uses two banks, including:

    • Stride Bank N.A. at 324 W Broadway Avenue in Enid, OK 73701
    • The Bancorp Bank at 6100 S Old Village Place in Sioux Falls, SD 5710

    Chime Bancorp Bank Address [for Direct Deposit]

    The Bancorp Bank
    6100 S Old Village Pl
    Sioux Falls, SD 57108

    Bank City: Sioux Falls
    Bank State: South Dakota
    Zip Code: 57108

    You can confirm the details on the Chime website at the time of setting up direct deposit for any update.

    Chime Stride Bank Address [for Direct Deposit]

    Stride Bank N.A
    324 W Broadway Ave
    Enid, OK 73701

    Bank City: Enid
    Bank State: Oklahoma
    Zip Code: 73701

    You can confirm the details on the Chime website at the time of setting up direct deposit for any update.

    Chime Phone No.

    Chime’s Official Phone Number is 1-844-244-6363.

    You can connect with the Chime support team at support@chime.com.

    Important Notes:

    • Make sure to double-check all the information you entered before submitting it to avoid any errors or delays in receiving your direct deposits.
    • If you are unsure about any of the details required, contact your bank directly for assistance or refer to a voided check from your new bank account for accurate information.

    Frequently Asked Questions:

    Q: How long does it take for my updated direct deposit information to take effect?

    A: Once you have submitted the updated details through Chime’s platform, it generally takes 1-2 pay cycles (or approximately 2-4 weeks) for those changes to be fully processed by employers or government agencies.

    Q: Can I have multiple direct deposit accounts set up with Chime?

    A: Yes! With Chime, you can split your paycheck into multiple direct deposit accounts if needed. Simply provide each employer or agency with the relevant banking information when setting up payment preferences.

    Remember that keeping your direct deposit information up-to-date is essential to ensure seamless and timely access to funds without any unnecessary hassles. By following these steps provided by Chime, updating this crucial data becomes quick and straightforward!

    For more detailed instructions on managing other aspects of your Chime account like notifications settings and security features please stay tuned as we continue our series on optimizing digital banking experiences!

    Conclusion

    In conclusion, having a Chime address for direct deposit offers numerous benefits and convenience. By setting up your direct deposit through Chime, you can enjoy faster access to your funds, eliminate the need for paper checks, and easily manage your finances.

    With Chime’s direct deposit feature, you can say goodbye to waiting in long lines at the bank or dealing with delayed payments. Your money will be automatically deposited into your account on time, allowing you to have immediate access when you need it most. Additionally, by eliminating paper checks, you are contributing to a more environmentally friendly approach while also reducing the risk of lost or stolen payments.

    Moreover, managing your finances becomes hassle-free with Chime’s intuitive mobile app. You can effortlessly track incoming deposits and keep an eye on your balance anytime and anywhere. The user-friendly interface provides a seamless experience that makes it easy to stay on top of your financial goals.

    Overall, opting for a Chime address for direct deposit is a smart choice that brings efficiency and convenience into managing your finances. With fast access to funds and simplified payment management at your fingertips, using Chime ensures that every aspect of handling money becomes effortless and stress-free.

    How to Unlist your Phone Number from GetContact

    What is Getcontact?

    Getcontact is a popular app that allows users to identify unknown numbers. The app, which has been downloaded over 50 million times, collects personal contact information from the user’s phone book as well as from other users who have the app.

    However, some users have expressed concerns about their privacy and the app’s data collection practices. Some users also find the app’s features to be intrusive and unwanted.

    In this post, I try to explain how to delete your personal data from the GetContact database. Why? I’m concerned about the information about me on the internet. Unfortunately, sometimes there are people who, intentionally or accidentally, can damage my reputation with their actions. I want to have some methods to influence this!

    How to Delete Your Number from GetContact?

    As noted by the developers themselves, deleting a profile in GetContact does not remove the number from the database application. However, to protect yourself, it is recommended to deactivate the account. Here’s how to do it:

    1. Open the app and go to the “Other” menu;
    2. Select “Settings” and then “Account Setup”;
    3. Go to “Account Management”, click “Lock Account” and confirm the action.

    It is noteworthy that your data will not be visible in the application until you log in to GetContact again.

    To completely remove your data from the app you should do the following:

    1. Go to page of official site GetContact: https://www.getcontact.com/en/unlist ;
    2. Log in;
    3. Scroll to the end of the page that opens and click Visibility settings;
    4. To prevent your data and tags from being available to other users, switch the slider to Off;
    5. Confirm the Action.

    After performing these actions, your personal data will be hidden from search and your account will be deleted. But then set yourself a reminder to check in six months to see if the information has been deleted!

    Why will I remove my number from GetContact app?

    I will remove my number from GetContact app for several reasons.

    Firstly, I value my privacy and do not want my personal information to be accessible to a third-party app without my consent. Secondly, I do not want to be contacted by strangers or unsolicited marketing calls, which are often the result of having my number listed on such apps. Lastly, I am concerned about the security of my personal data, as there have been instances of data breaches and leaks in the past.

    For these reasons, I have decided to remove my number from the Getcontact app.

    Is this the final solution?

    Unfortunately, GetContact’s contact database is not exclusively used by this app. It is regularly scraped by other services that publish this information. For example, it’s easy to find a similar Telegram bot that has data from GetContact. This is @getcontact_real_bot (developed by @soarer_x) or similar. It offers 6 free attempts to identify a phone number and has a limitation of only three records in the response.

    Such third-party services usually have their own independent contact database and do not synchronize it with the original app. Therefore, removing yourself from GetContact does not guarantee complete privacy.

    Short video Guide from QMLS:

    Delete GetContact Tags

    1. Open the GetContact app on your device.
    2. Tap on the “More” option usually located at the bottom of the screen.
    3. Select “Show Profile” at the top of the screen.
    4. A list of tags assigned to your profile by other users will be displayed.
    5. Press and hold on the tag you want to delete and swipe it all the way to the left.
    6. Select the appropriate reason for deleting the tag.
    7. Tap on “Report” to remove the tag from your profile.

    Bitcoin Growth Path in 2024

    Bitcoin Growth Path: Building on Your Basic Knowledge

    Bitcoin, the pioneering cryptocurrency, has been a subject of fascination and intrigue since its inception. Over the years, it has grown from an obscure digital experiment into a global financial phenomenon. If you already have a basic understanding of Bitcoin, you’re on the right track, but there’s so much more to explore. So, if you are looking for a website that connects you to investment education firms that can help you along your investment journey, consider visiting immediate-rlink.com

    I do not recommend contacting third-party consultants as they may have risks of stealing your funds and sell your personal contacts to other companies.

    Understanding Bitcoin Fundamentals

    Recap of the basic concepts of Bitcoin

    To appreciate Bitcoin’s growth path, let’s start with the fundamentals. Bitcoin operates on blockchain technology, a decentralized ledger that records all transactions. Cryptography secures Bitcoin, and its decentralized nature means no single entity controls it. Mastering these fundamentals is essential, as they form the bedrock of Bitcoin’s functionality and value.

    The Evolution of Bitcoin

    Early days of Bitcoin

    Bitcoin’s journey began in 2008 with Satoshi Nakamoto’s whitepaper, proposing a decentralized digital currency. The first Bitcoin transaction occurred in 2009 when Nakamoto sent 10 bitcoins to a developer named Hal Finney. These events marked the genesis of a revolutionary financial ecosystem.

    Milestones in Bitcoin’s history

    Bitcoin has reached several milestones since its inception. Halving events, which reduce the rate at which new bitcoins are created, have occurred roughly every four years, affecting its supply and demand dynamics. The infamous Mt. Gox exchange collapse in 2014 highlighted the importance of security and regulatory concerns in the crypto space.

    Bitcoin as a Store of Value

    Bitcoin as digital gold

    Bitcoin is often likened to digital gold, prized for its scarcity and potential to preserve wealth. Like gold, Bitcoin is resistant to inflation and government manipulation, making it a valuable asset for hedging against economic uncertainty.

    Bitcoin as a Payment Method

    The use of Bitcoin for transactions

    Bitcoin’s original purpose was to serve as a peer-to-peer electronic cash system, enabling fast and low-cost transactions. It has been used for everything from purchasing goods and services to remittances and charitable donations.

    Bitcoin’s advantages and limitations in payments

    While Bitcoin offers advantages like borderless transactions and reduced fees compared to traditional banking systems, its price volatility can make it less practical for everyday purchases. Stablecoins and second-layer solutions like the Lightning Network aim to address these limitations.

    Bitcoin and Investment Strategies

    Diversifying your investment portfolio with Bitcoin

    As an investment asset, Bitcoin has shown impressive returns over the years. Adding Bitcoin to a diversified portfolio can help mitigate risks and enhance potential gains.

    Long-term vs. short-term investment strategies

    Investors adopt different strategies when approaching Bitcoin. Long-term “HODLing” involves holding onto Bitcoin for an extended period, while short-term traders aim to profit from price fluctuations. Understanding your risk tolerance and objectives is crucial in choosing the right strategy.

    Beyond Bitcoin: Exploring the Crypto Ecosystem

    Introduction to altcoins and tokens

    Bitcoin paved the way for thousands of alternative cryptocurrencies (altcoins) and tokens. These digital assets serve various purposes, from improving upon Bitcoin’s technology to enabling specific use cases like smart contracts and decentralized finance (DeFi).

    The role of Ethereum and smart contracts

    Ethereum, the second-largest cryptocurrency by market capitalization, introduced the concept of smart contracts. These self-executing contracts enable automated and trustless agreements, expanding the possibilities of blockchain technology beyond simple transactions.

    DeFi (Decentralized Finance) and NFTs (Non-Fungible Tokens)

    DeFi platforms provide financial services like lending, borrowing, and trading without intermediaries. Non-fungible tokens (NFTs) represent unique digital assets and have gained popularity in art, gaming, and collectibles, demonstrating the versatility of blockchain technology.

    Staying Informed and Future Outlook

    The importance of staying updated in the cryptocurrency space

    The cryptocurrency space evolves rapidly, with new projects, regulations, and technological advancements. Staying informed is crucial to make informed decisions.

    News sources and community forums

    Reputable cryptocurrency news outlets, social media platforms, and forums are valuable resources for staying updated and engaging with the crypto community.

    Speculations on the future of Bitcoin and blockchain technology

    The future of Bitcoin and blockchain technology is a topic of ongoing debate. Some envision Bitcoin as a global reserve currency, while others focus on its potential for financial inclusion and innovation.

    Conclusion

    In conclusion, Bitcoin’s growth path extends far beyond its initial introduction. By mastering the fundamentals, exploring its history, and understanding its diverse applications, you can navigate the cryptocurrency landscape with confidence. Whether you see Bitcoin as a store of value, a payment method, or an investment opportunity, it’s a fascinating journey that continues to unfold. Stay curious, stay informed, and embrace the ever-evolving world of Bitcoin and blockchain technology.

    Apps that start with A

    Discover why these apps are the perfect fit for your tech needs and find out what makes them so special. Let’s explore the world of apps starting with a today!

    • Amazon Shopping App
    • Amazon Alexa by Publisher: AMZN Mobile LLC
    • Aura Frames by Aura Home, Inc.
    • Amazon Kids+

    Introduction to Apps Starting with A

    The modern lifestyle is heavily dependent on the usage of mobile apps. We use these technologies in almost every aspect of our lives. If you’re looking to get started with a mobile app, there are many titles that begin with the letter “A”. From productivity tools to games, many categories of apps start with the letter “A” available on the app store.

    Whether you’re looking for an app to help increase productivity, manage everyday tasks or stay organized and connected, there are numerous options available on the app store. Popular titles include Airmail for efficient email management, Asana for task tracking and calendar management, Any.do for task lists, and Atlas for maps and navigation services. Productivity apps like 1Writer and 2Do can also provide convenient features such as note-taking along with document synchronization that makes it easier to access your most important files from any device or platform.

    If gaming is more your style you’ll find great options like Angry Birds or Ark: Survival Evolved which offers exciting dinosaurs and pre-historic creatures in a fun open world setting along with addictive puzzles and races in Temple Run. Other popular gaming titles include Alto’s Adventures and Age Of Zombies which offer hours of entertainment along with beautiful graphics!

    In summary, whether you’re searching for a tool to increase productivity or just have some casual fun, there are plenty of great apps starting with the letter A that you can download onto your device!

    Benefits of Apps Starting with A


    Apps that start with the letter “A” provide users with many benefits. They are often easy to remember, easier to identify in the app store and can help you increase visibility for your product. By having a name that stands out, it can be easier for potential customers to recognize your product and be more likely to download it. Additionally, apps that begin with the letter “A” can sometimes appear at the top of search lists for convenience stores, as well as other location searches, making them more noticeable in a crowded marketplace.

    In addition to increasing visibility, apps starting with “A” can save time during development and debugging processes. For example, Apple’s iOS simulator on the Mac has multiple versions of its address book under different letters; an app starting with “A” will always appear at the top of these versions – greatly improving debugging time by allowing developers to quickly locate any issues related to their product.

    Overall apps beginning with “A” have many benefits whether they are used as a marketing tool or during development. Having an app name that is easily recognizable and appears at the top of search results will make finding your product much easier for potential customers or those attempting a particular task quicker than ever before.

    Popular Apps Starting with A


    In the age of digital innovation, apps have become an essential part of modern life. People use apps to keep track of their fitness goals, take notes, stream videos, and much more. There are hundreds of apps designed to help users accomplish their goals and improve their overall wellbeing. This guide takes a closer look at popular applications starting with the letter “A”.

    Adobe Creative Cloud – One of the most popular app suites from Adobe Inc., Creative Cloud is home to tools for video editing, photo editing and sharing, cloud-based storage for projects in progress and much more.

    Apple Music – Share music with friends through Apple Music’s exclusive streaming service. Listen freely as well as find exclusive content from artists not found on other platforms.

    Amazon Alexa – Use Amazon’s AI assistant to connect smart home devices around your house, control compatible music played in different rooms without getting up from your seat, or listen to audiobooks while you relax.

    Audible – Just like Alexa but specifically designed for audiobooks published by Audible Inc., users can conveniently find books that match their reading preferences and start listening right away with Audible Originals or audio versions of popular titles released by big publishers like Penguin Random House and HarperCollins Publishers LLC.

    AccuWeather – Check the local weather forecast on demand with an app that delivers accurate information thanks its patented technology which forecasts down to street level accuracy if necessary.

    How to Choose an App Starting with A


    Choosing an app to download can seem overwhelming because of the sheer number and variety that are available. With more than two million apps in the leading app stores, we understand it can be difficult to know where to start. To help make the decision easier, here are some tips for how to choose an app starting with the letter ‘A’:

    1. Identify Your Needs: Before you even begin looking for an app, it pays to ask yourself which features and functions you need from your chosen application. Think about what type of experience you’re after, how often you plan on using it, and any other must-have requirements that would make or break your choice.

    2. Read Reviews: Most apps allow users to leave ratings and reviews, so be sure to take the time to read through reviews before deciding on a particular one. Reviewers often note technical issues or problems with usability that may be important when making your choice.

    3. Watch Videos and Look at Screenshots: If a developer has provided videos or screenshots of their app, take a few minutes to get familiar with them before downloading it yourself – this can paint a clearer picture as to whether an app is right for you or not.

    4. Try the Free Version (if Available): Many apps offer free trials so that potential customers can test out functionality before committing to spending money on them permanently – so check if this is something offered by your chosen ‘A’-worded application first!

    5. Don’t Judge Apps by Their Names!: Never just download an app based on its name alone – what may seem attractive at first could turn out disappointing in reality! Take the time to read through user reviews and descriptions carefully before deciding whether or not it’s worth downloading (and paying for).

    Tips for Using Apps Starting with A


    It can be challenging to find the right app for your needs. With so many apps available, there’s no one-size-fits-all solution. However, if you are specifically looking for apps starting with A, here are a few tips to help you find the right one.

    First, conduct research on various apps that start with A to get an idea of what options are available. Read reviews and explore user feedback to narrow down your search. Additionally, download and try out free versions of some apps to get a feel for them before committing to a purchase.

    If you’re feeling overwhelmed by all the options, create a list of criteria that must be met by any app you consider. Examples include compatibility requirements (e.g., device support), feature set (e.g., payment plans), or cost metrics (e.g., free vs paid). This can help limit your choices in a productive way so you don’t waste time considering irrelevant choices or getting sidetracked by additional features that won’t really impact your needs.

    Finally, keep in mind that updates often occur frequently for top quality apps as technological advancements continue to be made and new features added over time to existing products – taking advantage of new features may require forcing an update or purchasing an upgrade version of the app when applicable. Stay informed about popular updates so that you have access to all recent versions and any additional content they provide when using apps starting with A – this will maximize the value and efficacy of the product throughout its entire life cycle!

    Common Challenges with Apps Starting with A


    When developing an app that starts with the letter ‘A’, there are several common challenges. First of all, there may be a limited amount of available names for apps beginning with this letter, which can make it more difficult to standout and become noticed. Additionally, these types of apps often take more time and resources to create in order to ensure that the quality is top-notch.

    Furthermore, most users enter the first few letters of an app and perform searches on the basis of these letters. If there are too many apps starting with ‘A’, it might be hard for users to find yours due to the immense amount of competition in this area. This means it could take longer for your app’s user base to start growing since people simply won’t see your app when they search for ones beginning with ‘A’.

    In order to overcome these issues, developers need to make sure that their implementation process is properly optimized and their marketing approach carefully thought-out. Moreover, focusing on user retention through regular updates and services can help grow a steadily increasing user base over time. Additionally, identifying target audiences can greatly improve visibility as well as provide better chances for relevant searches.

    Best Practices for Developing Apps Starting with A


    Developing an app that starts with the letter A is a unique challenge for app developers. Those who are new to this project may find the process difficult, but there are some strategies that can help make it successful. Developing an app starting with “A” requires creative and strategic thinking, coupled with careful planning and research, as well as strong technical skills. The following are some of the best practices for developing an effective app from the beginning.

    1. Define Your App’s Goals: Before beginning development of your app, you need to define what it will do and why people should use it. The right goal will give your app direction, help you attract early adopters, and enable you to create a successful monetization strategy once the product is live.

    2. Research Your Audience: You must do thorough research on your target audience to ensure they’ll be interested in using your app when it launches. Knowing their needs, preferences, motivation and any pain points they have in their current solutions will let you develop an app that meets those needs and provides a valuable solution for them.

    3. Identify Unique Selling Points: It’s important to differentiate your product from existing offerings in the marketplace so that people choose to use yours instead of competitor products or websites; this is known as its ‘unique selling points’ (USP). Make sure these USPs are clear in all promotional material so they stand out against competitors’ offerings – efficiently market them as soon as possible prior to launch to attract users quickly upon release date.

    4 Design & Implement Supporting Structures: In addition to creating an engaging user experience through design, you also need robust technical infrastructure underlying the interface – such as securely hosting data; seamlessly integrating payment platform; connecting push notifications; documenting analytics; etcetera – so users can have reliable access to quality services at all times even under high traffic volume scenarios at launch time onwards uninterruptedly going further ahead by time periods-wise optimization positioning them products better & better every time updates coming often out with improved algorithms/ enhancements swiftly given ongoing feedback from users & customer experience/functionalities/bug reporting integrated within providing faster resolution topped up with customized feature built requests taken up leading towards frequent usage along with user delight growing higher than ever before parallelly towards making a longer lasting remarkable impact over applications visibility within no time at all & in turn success thereby translated into high potential over potential future like-minded projects across vertical domains & multiple industry sectors catering varied requirements globally outreaching akin types of developments resembling our A project movement derived benefiting millions of lives eventually without fail through miraculous inventions coming our way soon enough hopefully…

    Conclusion



    In conclusion, the variety of apps that start with the letter A is vast and can range from fitness to gaming and more. With a diversity of different types of applications available, it can be difficult to decide where to begin. Before selecting an app, it is important to consider its purpose: entertainment, education or productivity. It is also a good idea to take into account the user experience and any additional features or customization options that may be available. By weighing up all of the factors outlined above, you will be able to make an informed decision when choosing an app that starts with the letter A.

    Naked Meditation: Everything You Need To Know

    Ever heard of naked mediation?

    It’s certainly an unorthodox practice!

    But it also comes with some surprising benefits.

    So in this ultimate guide to naked meditation, you’ll learn what it is, what it isn’t, and how to get the most out of meditating in the nude!

    Let’s get started…

    Table of Contents


    What Is Naked Meditation?

    Well, it’s pretty basic:

    You meditate in the nude.

    But why?

    When you’re meditating, you’re trying to gain a deeper insight of yourself and who you are.

    To be honest, in a practical sense, there isn’t much difference between meditating normally and meditating in the nude – aside from your clothing of course.

    But there’s definitely a few things to consider:

    You can practice it the right way, or the wrong way – which is why we created this guide to naked meditation.

    One of the main benefits of this practice is that if you lack confidence with your body image, naked meditation could help you overcome that.

    Now if you struggle with this, we understand – and you don’t need to be ashamed.

    In the US, statistics show that 30 million people will struggle with an eating disorder during their lifetime – that’s a shocking statistic.

    So if you are body conscious, it’s better to go slow and try this for shorter periods of time until you feel comfortable with yourself.


    Connecting The Mind & Body

    With meditation, your breath connects you to the world.

    So when you practice meditation with no clothes on, you can harness this to connect your mind and body better.

    This way, there’s no unnecessary barriers separating you from the world you’re experiencing.

    It can deepen your experience of meditation.


    Remove Physical Restraints

    Physically, naked meditation also allows you to move more freely.

    During meditation, people often wear loose, baggy clothing anyway so they’re not restricted.

    By practicing in the nude, you may be able to switch positions and even sit for longer periods of time.

    Now compare this to wearing tight clothing during a meditation session – you may feel stiff and restricted.

    Note: If you feel physically restricted, you may also feel mentally restricted too!

    You might be holding things back subconsciously, stiff with doubts, frustrations, and problems. 

    So naked meditation may help to liberate you from these problems, helping you find a better flow whilst meditating.


    Overcoming Your Inhibitions

    When it comes to the thought of naked meditation, do you feel comfortable?

    Maybe you’re a bit embarrassed?

    Or too shy to even try it?

    The truth is, these are all self-doubts.

    They’re natural – but they’re still inhibitions.  

    And inhibitions start with the mind.

    Naked meditation may help you to remove these inhibitions:

    Creating a stronger state of mind where you’re no longer dragged down by negative states of embarrassment, shame or discomfort.


    Feeling Comfortable In Your Own Skin

    This is the beauty of naked meditation:

    Is there anything more pure and free than learning how to become comfortable, confident and content in your own skin?

    We’re often trying to show off with fancy clothes, the latest brands and over-priced accessories.

    On average, most Americans spend more on shoes, jewellery and watches than higher education!

    But have you ever considered why that is?

    When people wear fancy brands, it’s often about ego.

    • We’re trying to impress our friends.
    • We’re trying to validate our own success and prove to others that we’re high value people.
    • And it’s a way of gaining acceptance from others.

    Yet when you meditate naked, you’re stripping that ego away – which is actually something incredibly positive.


    What Naked Meditation Is Not

    This isn’t some carnal way to sensualize your meditation sessions.

    Just like any other form of meditation, you need to approach this with an open mind.

    Yes, naked meditation can help you release sensual energy and even boost your labido.

    But actually, it’s about cherishing the raw human form:

    And that’s something we often neglect.

    Another thing to consider:

    Whilst most people practice naked meditation alone, if you do try this in a group then don’t stare!

    In fact, you may get to a point where you don’t notice bare skin at all.

    Note: Naked meditation isn’t a sensual practice:

    Instead it’s a way to grow and improve the relationship you have with your body, which can be incredibly rewarding.


    Top 7 Reasons Why You Should Try Naked Meditation

    So why would anyone try naked meditation?

    Well, first you gotta understand that I’m not personally recommending meditation in the nude.

    However, it does have some intriguing benefits that you might not have thought about it.

    So let’s dive in…


    1. Freedom

    We’ve all done it!

    Walking around nude in the house is actually somewhat enjoyable isn’t it?

    But why?

    Well, it comes down to freedom:

    We have the power to roam free without being dressed up.


    2. Body Image

    We live in a very body-conscious world.

    And sometimes, it seems like the majority of us have issues with our body.

    But that’s not surprising when we’re bombarded by unrealistic expectations:

    Adverts with models. Instagram pictures. Constant contradictory advice on our diets and how we’re supposed to eat.

    We live in a culture where negative body image is a problem.

    Now, I’m not saying naked meditation is the answer – but it could be a useful practice.


    3. Confidence

    Remember:

    Self esteem comes from within. It doesn’t come from material possessions – although we often seek it that way!

    When we’re comfortable with ourselves, and how we look, we feel more confident.

    There’s nothing worse than worrying about how you look. But when you try naked meditation, you develop a certain confidence in your own skin.

    And that’s something that’s always going to have a positive impact on our lives.


    4. Enhanced Libido

    Obviously, there’s nothing sensual about naked meditation.

    This isn’t about that.

    However, it may help you release sensual energy – which in turn creates a higher libido. 

    The more confident, comfortable and relaxed we feel in our own skin, the better we’re going to feel in the bedroom too.


    5. Higher Levels Of Consciousness

    A big part of meditation is about being comfortable with yourself and your own company. Because today, we don’t get much time for that.

    When you’re meditating normally, you usually become very conscious of how your mind works, as you mindfully watch your thoughts come and go like clouds in the sky

    But when you perform naked meditation, you’re more conscious of your physical nature too – helping you become more comfortable and gain a great understanding of your physicality too.


    6. Stripping Away The Ego

    We came into this world naked, in our purest form.

    I think you’d actually be surprised how many people feel uncomfortable – and even less confident – without their clothes….

    The social psychology of clothing is fascinating:

    When people wear uniforms, they can often ‘act out’ in a completely different way.

    For example:

    • A police uniform symbolises power
    • A Louis Vuitton bag demonstrates wealth
    • And rappers often boast about their gold chains as a way of validating their success

    But when you practice naked meditation, you’re overcoming a barrier that can separate all of us.

    Instead, you’re literally stripped down to your purest form.

    And that’s something that distances the ego, helping you find the ‘real you’.


    ​7. Different Physical Sensations

    When you’re no longer wearing clothing, you can experience different sensations on your skin as it becomes more sensitive to new stimuli in the room.

    This might include:

    • The breeze of your room’s air conditioning or fan
    • The temperature of the room
    • The raw feeling of the floor/meditation mat on your skin

    Just like how people meditate with chocolate or in higher temperatures, this is an interesting and fun way to mix up your meditation sessions.


    3 Very Practical Tips For Naked Meditation

    So how do you begin meditating in the nude? If you’re new to the game, there’s a lot of factors you probably haven’t thought about before!

    Here are some useful tips for your next nude meditation session.


    1. Stay Warm

    If you’re living in a cold country, naked meditation might mean you run up your gas bill!

    But obviously, you’ll want to stay warm during your meditation!

    There’s no point being freezing cold and shivering – that would be worse for your session:

    So you need to be comfortable.

    If you’re living in a cold country, it might be worth putting the heating on and lighting your fire if you’ve got one.

    Either way, make sure you’re comfortable with the room’s temperature.


    2. Take Your Time

    Remember the first time you meditated?

    Was your mind busy and your body unable to stay still?

    The thing is, naked meditation takes patience.

    And you can’t expect mind-blowing results the first time you try it.

    However, stick with it, keep going and look for progress.

    You’re not going to achieve enlightenment straight away!

    But the more you become versed in naked meditation, the more comfortable, calm and enjoyable your sessions will become.

    Pro Tip: When it comes to meditation, you should have no expectations. Don’t start expecting a result – instead just be mindful to however you feel.


    3. Find Somewhere Private

    When you’re practicing naked meditation, find somewhere where you can’t be disturbed.

    The last thing you want is the postman looking through the window whilst you’re butt naked.

    The other thing, you don’t want to bombarded with anxieties about privacy when you’re trying to focus and concentrate on your session.

    So here’s a few tips:

    • Find a room that’s quiet and peaceful
    • Practice meditating away from any public windows – upstairs might be a better option
    • Make sure there’s no-one in the house that’s going to disturb you

    Other Forms Of Naked Meditation

    Interestingly, other forms of nude mindfulness exist in the world already.

    In fact, naked yoga has been around for thousands of years!

    And it’s still practiced today.

    This nude yoga Instagram page has over 1,300,000 followers!

    So it’s something that’s stood the test of time.

    Interestingly, naked yoga is often practiced in group sessions!

    That’s a big step for most of us, and I think it’d be an interesting way to push beyond our comfort zones.

    ‘Material hangups’ have been around almost since the dawn of time;

    As humans, we’ve developed the need to own material possessions as a survival instinct.

    But in today’s world, we can benefit from reducing the intensity of our desires for material possessions, by practicing naked yoga.


    Gymnosophists

    Ever heard of a Gymnosophists?

    This word literally translates into ‘naked sage’ or ‘naked sophist’.

    Gymnosophists were from India originally.

    They practiced a life without material possessions.

    Interestingly, they openly said that it wouldn’t be worth someone going to war with them – because they had no material possessions left to lose!

    In some ways, naked meditation embodies a similar philosophy to Gymnosophists:

    Because it’s a practice that removes the material nature of clothes and focuses on your inner meta values instead.


    Final Thoughts: Is Naked Meditation Right For You?

    Surprisingly, naked meditation comes with a lot of ‘hidden benefits’ (no pun intended) that you might have never thought about.

    But it’s important to approach it with an open mind.

    You have to look beyond the embarrassing thought of whipping your clothes off and actually look into the deeper significance of it.

    Then you should be able to enjoy the benefits of:

    • More freedom and liberation
    • Less reliance on social status for validating your own confidence
    • The power to feel comfortable in your own skin
    • An interesting way to mix up your normal meditation practices by experiencing different stimuli on your skin
    • Removing the physical, social and mental restraints that clothing often creates

    Tip: As you practice naked meditation, take your time and be patient with your results.

    This won’t come naturally because we’re socially conditioned by our culture to have unrealistic body expectations, worry about our weight and feel ashamed of being naked.

    But actually isn’t that an even better reason to try it?

    That way you can go beyond the mind’s ego and discover an even more liberating way to meditate that challenges your inner doubts and anxieties, helping you grow as a person.

    How to Use Keywords for SEO Article? – Master Perfect Writing

    Creating useful, informative, and easy-to-read content on your website is a smart idea. But it’s not enough for other people to find your site and read the texts you’ve crafted with so much effort and hours of research. To make sure that Google doesn’t forget about you when users search for what you offer, you need to take care of search engine optimization.

    At first glance, this may seem like a rather complicated and overwhelming task. But in fact, one of the most important things to do is to find the keywords that are most relevant to your website and make sure to include them in your text content. How to know what keywords to use for SEO? You need to search for relevant words and phrases using tools like Ahrefs and insert them into your page descriptions and blog posts. For instance, let’s say you have an online dating service and you want more people to find out about it and sign up. Conduct keyword research specifically tailored to your niche, focusing on terms such as “online dating,” “best dating sites,” and other related phrases that potential users might search for. 

    Where to Use Keywords in the Text?

    You’ve done your homework, and you have the list of keywords with a great search volume right in front of you. Now, how to use keywords for search engine optimization? Is there any special system you need to follow when inserting them? Actually, yes. 

    How many keywords per page?

    The choice of the number of keywords on a page depends on which keywords you want to use, how they are related to each other, and whether they support the main idea of the content. With the help of high-quality keyword research, you can find 5-10 relevant keywords. At this point, you might be asking yourself, how many keywords should I use? Well, you don’t have to use all of them.

    Look at the keyword hierarchy, which includes primary, secondary, and supplementary keywords. The primary keyword should be the main focus of the article, forming its title and content. Secondary keywords are variations that support the primary keyword, usually from 3 to 5. Additional keywords cover related terms to increase the chances of ranking, often including longtail keywords.

    How to use keywords in a meta title and description

    You only get about 50-60 characters for your SEO title tag. So, it’s better to keep it simple by including your main keyword and your company name. This makes it short, easy for people to read, and good for SEO.

    When you use SEO keywords in a meta description, use the keyword once or twice. But don’t overdo it with too many keywords. Focus on creating a description that is helpful and interesting because this is what people see first before they visit your website.

    Insert keywords naturally

    You might wonder, does Google use keywords for SEO? Keywords are still important for SEO, as they help Google understand the relevance of your content to users’ search queries. However, Google’s algorithms also consider factors like content quality and user experience when ranking websites. 

    It’s essential to keep your readers engaged and informed, even when using keywords. For instance, instead of “best coffee New York,” you could say “best coffee in New York,” which sounds more organic. As for keyword frequency, it depends on your content’s length and the type of keywords you’re using. Try to include your primary keyword every 100-150 words, distributing them evenly throughout the text. 

    Common Mistakes with Target Keywords

    • Using the keyword too much

    Putting the keyword everywhere in the content too many times can make it awkward and less useful.

    • Neglecting user intent

    Only focusing on the keyword without thinking about what people are actually searching for can make the content less helpful.

    • Using only one version of the keyword

    Using just one form of the keyword can make the content less visible to different searches.

    • Forgetting to analyse competitors

    Failing to analyse competitors’ SEO strategies means you might miss out on using important words or topics that could help your website.

    • Forgetting about longer phrases

    Only focusing on short, popular keywords and not longer, more specific ones can miss out on reaching certain people.

    Key Takeaways

    All in all, to use keywords for an SEO article, you need to understand how they work. While making helpful content is important, choosing the right keywords helps search engines like Google find your website. Various online tools can help you find the best keywords for your content. When you use keywords, think about which ones are most important and add them naturally to your writing. It’s also essential to avoid common mistakes like placing keywords too much or in the wrong places.

    Is CodeIgniter really dead?

    How often do you change your devices for new and improved ones? And what about applications development? They say it is preferable to update an app every 3-4 months. The world of information technologies is rapidly evolving and to have correctly worked a digital solution is not enough to maintain it, you should update it or even add some new features for improving your customer’s experience.

    https://www.codeigniter.com/

    But does it make sense to maintain a technology, that is decades away and not subject to update, it may only be redeveloped or replaced by another advanced approach. Let us give you an example where a four-cylinder engine and jet engine are compared. With the first one, you will be moving around and have low capacity on the other hand with the second one you will have high capacity and reach your destination much faster. The same parallel can be drawn between CodeIgniter and cutting-edge framework, for example, Laravel, where the former is an old engine and the latter is a jet engine vehicle that means it is maneuverable and practically unattainable to others.

    So let’s look at the situation for a different angle. Like any other framework, CodeIgniter is a tool for a developer-first of all. A developer evaluates the framework in several ways:

    • ease of entering the development using this this tool (easy to learn and start);
    • framework range of options;
    • performance of framework;
    • the flexibility that a framework provides developers.

    If with the first three paragraphs is not in doubt but the last one is not always a plus for the developer because the more flexibility they have the less a framework controls developer in the automatic mode. The less automatic control we have the higher the risk:

    1. to make a mechanical error in the development;
    2. take liberties and cheat.

    In the first case, it hurts the speed of project development, much time will be spent from the moment the error was made until it will be found.

    In the other case, it negatively affects project maintenance, especially it is a complex one where involved a team of developers. You will have a readable and supporting code as long a structure of the project and its base architecture is monitored through processes which developers should follow.

    If we go back to talking about CodeIgniter then we should say that it is attracted to its characteristics for many early developers:

    • simple to learn;
    • good range of options (except the availability of in-built template);
    • pretty well performance;
    • sufficient flexibility for a developer.

    All we have described above as low entry threshold to the app development industry and sufficient flexibility have led to substandard and hard to maintain code. It happened because of all those who have taken it upon themselves to work with it and did it unprofessional. Such an approach adversely affects the popularity of CodeIgniter in the development community. 

    But the decisive factor was the flexibility of coding and low entry barriers of framework learning that led to the inflow of low-skilled developers to the dev community. It also allows those developers to code haphazardly without following any architecture, style, and requirements.

    Also, a lack of in-built template became a disadvantage it means that those developers who not divide projects on frontend and backend (API) put everything into the project. Thereby worsening the situation and ruined framework reputation.

    You may ask what framework can replace CodeIgniter? Laravel could be a perfect alternative and most developers can confirm it. So we are going to overview both and outline the main important differences between Laravel and CodeIgniter.

    1. Support for PHP 7. The updated version of PHP 7 comes with some new features and improvements that help to increase the performance of web applications and reduce memory consumption. Both support the new version of PHP but many developers faced with issues while developing and testing CodeIgniter apps on PHP.
    2. Built-in Modules Many developers divide large and complex projects into several small modules to simplify and speed up the development process. Laravel is designed with built-in modularity features. It enables developers to divide a project into small modules. They can further reuse the modules across multiple projects. But CodeIgniter is not designed with built-in modularity features. 
    3. Database Scheme Development. CodeIgniter can support some popular databases, but it cannot provide any specific features to ease database schema migration. Unlike the former Laravel simplify for developers a modification and sharing of the database schema without writing complex code. The developer can further develop a database schema of the application easily by combining the database agnostic migration with the schema builder provided by Laravel.
    4. Built-in Template Engine. As we told before it is one of the greatest weaknesses of CodeIgniter. Laravel comes with a simple but robust template engine like Blade. Blade template engine enables PHP developers to optimize the performance of the web application by enhancing and manipulating views. 
    5. Routing. The routing options provided of both PHP frameworks are the same. But the Laravel features help developers to route requests in a simple way. The developers can use the routing feature of Laravel to define most routes for a web application in a single file. 
    6. HTTPS Support. The security of sensitive information is a matter of particular importance that why most web developers prefer to use HTTPS protocol. Laravel allows to define custom HTTPs routes. The developers also have the option to create a specific URL for each HTTPS route. Laravel further keeps the data transmission secure by adding https:// protocol before the URL automatically. But CodeIgniter does not support HTTPS fully.

    What PHP framework should I choose for a web application? Does CodeIgniter fit?

    CodeIgniter does not compare to Laravel or Symfony. The overall design is identical to the way it was 10 years ago. It’s pretty difficult to decouple and write modular code with CodeIgniter. It’s okay if you have a very small project but I can’t see why anyone would choose it over today’s options. Laravel is more professional than Codeigniter, they use the latest functions, the newest coding styles. But CI4 is easier to learn and the development path is easier for CI rather than Laravel if you’re a beginner in PHP.

    Is it possible to upgrade CI 3 legacy projects to CI 4 without a major overhaul?

    Not really. It’s more about conversion than just a simple upgrade. There is no backward compatibility per se. For more information to request a consultation with a development team that will help you to find the right solution to your issue.

    What databases are supported by Codeigniter Frameworks?

    CodeIgniter can support some popular databases, but it doesn’t allow you to use any specific features for simplifying database schema migration. Following Databases supported are supported by Codeigniter Frameworks MySQL (5.1+) via the MySQL (deprecated), MYSQLI and PDO drivers Oracle via the oci8 and PDO drivers PostgreSQL via the Postgre and PDO drivers MS SQL via the MsSQL, Sqlsrv (version 2005 and above only) and PDO drivers SQLite via the SQLite (version 2), sqlite3 (version 3) and PDO drivers CUBRID via the Cubridand PDO drivers Interbase/Firebird via the iBase and PDO drivers ODBC via the ODBC and PDO drivers (you should know that ODBC is actually an abstraction layer).

    To Summarize

    CodeIgniter is still exist but the name of this framework has become synonymous with a low-quality solution that is why we advise you Laravel as a better alternative. Both Laravel and CodeIgniter are open-source PHP framework. The developers admit that it is easier to find help online and prompt solutions while developing web applications with Laravel.
    In general, PHP developers can use a range of additional features by choosing Laravel. But the beginners have to put extra time and effort to learn and use Laravel effectively. So if you are looking for the right framework for your digital solution it is better to choose the tool that will allow you to update, expand, and redesign your app easily.

    15 Web Developer Portfolios List ✯✯✯✯✯ in 2024

    Design portfolios to Inspire You!

    ➡ Where can I find good Ideas?
    ➡ Where to get Inspiration?
    ➡ Where can I ask a Question?
    ➡ Where can I hire Developers for my App Idea?
    ➡ Tips to make own HOT Portfolio

    Where to find Website Developer:

    • Upwork is a marketplace for freelancers. Highly recommended for web developers focusing on front-end development or otherwise.
    • Clutch List of Web Development Company with truthful Reviews.
    • Freelancer is a marketplace for all types of freelance positions, including web designers, graphic designers, etc.
    • Fiverr is the largest freelance services marketplace.
    • Craigslist worldwide job-board to find graphic designers.
    • How To Find a Good Web Designer?

    Web Developers, You Want to Work within 2024

    Do you want to be on this List?

    Apply Now!

    1. Sharon Yi

    When you scroll through Sharon Yi’s portfolio you immediately get a sense of her personality through the playful color palette and addition of emojis. Sharon is currently working at Indigo as a Front-End Developer and the projects section on her website showcases the interactive and creative web development work that she’s capable of!

    Coming from a background in design, I love creating pages where I’m able to actually create enjoyable interactions and experiences for everyone! And with Juno’s education and support, I’m now able to truly call myself a Front-End Developer who is currently working at Indigo!

    ➡ Load Web Portfolio Example or Looking TOP Promo Websites.

    2. Hisami Kurita

    Folio of Hisami Kurita 19/Aug.1996 (based in Tokyo and Kawasaki) frontend developer at LIG inc.

    Where can I find Portfolio Template to Showcase my Skills and Get a dream tech job?

    More than 50 Fresh Templates for creative personal web development portfolios:

    3. Robin Mastromari

    Robin Mastromarino

    Expert in: UI / UX Designer at HETIC
    Type: Private. Location: Paris

    4. Ian Lunn

    ianlunn.co.uk

    Expert in: Producing HQ responsive websites and exceptional UX
    Type: Private. Location: Devon, UK

    5. Timmy O’Mahony

    timmyomahony.com

    What Timmy does: Full-Stack Web & Software Development
    Type: Private. Location: Dublin, Ireland.

    6. Pierre Nel

    pierre.io

    Expert in: UX/UI Design, full-stack development
    Type: Private. Location: London, UK
    Star Trek Fan

    7. Richard Hill

    Richard-hill.org.uk

    About: creative freelance digital designer
    Type: Private. Location: Leeds, UK

    The daily rate is £450

    8. Ben Adam

    benadam.me

    a Designer / Front End Developer
    Type: Privat. Location: Tempe, AZ, USA
    Currently not accepting freelance work.

    9. Daniel Fischer

    www.danielfischer.com

    Expert in: Pocket CTO for Project
    Type: Private. Location: San Francisco, California

    10. Kay Evans-Stocks

    Kay Evans-Stocks is a creative developer and graphic designer that’s passionate about building digital experiences that nurture community, inclusivity, and knowledge. For each project she’s worked on, Kay’s taken the time to put the spotlight on the organization she worked with, while highlighting the project goals. When you browse her portfolio you immediately get a feel for her creative design approach and the work that she’s capable of!

    I am a creative designer and developer, who aims to work with small businesses and marginalized communities to bring their passions to life. I offer both design and development services of web applications or websites!

    Expert in: Design Engineer at Tucows
    Type: Private.
    Location: Toronto, Ontario, Canada

    Bonus: WordPress Developers Portfolio:

    * Emily Ridge

    www.Emilyridge.ie

    Expert in: custom WordPress developer and designer
    Type: Private. Location: Salthill, Galway, Ireland


    Front End Developers Portfolio:

    * Jack Jeznach (Awwwords Winner)

    JacekJeznach.com

    What he does: front-end and WordPress development

    Mees Verberne

    https://Meesverberne.com

    What he does: creative front-end development and design

    Describing himself as a highly-creative, front-end developer and designer, Mees Verberne makes use of glitching, to give the site some extra character. He also uses banded gradients that give the look of a gentle lighting.


    UI Developers Portfolio:

    * Matt Farley

    Mattfarley.ca

    Expert in: UX/UI and front-end development
    Type: Private. Location: Abbotsford, British Columbia.

    * Adham Dannaway

    What he does: UX/UI Designer & FB Developer — adhamdannaway.com


    Disclaimer

    Really feel the inspiration for starting a career in the field of web development, only at your own risk. If you could not find inspiration from the portfolios above, pay attention to such resources.

    How to Increase your Website Designer Offers? Just add your portfolio to this list here (fee is 5 EUR)!

    Where to get Inspiration in web design?

    This is the best place to get inspiration in web design. Check out all the coolest websites, and learn how to steal their styles and techniques.

    • Awwwards – Website Awards – Best Web Design Trends
      https://www.awwwards.com
      Awwwards are the Website Awards that recognize and promote the talent and effort of the best developers, designers and web agencies in the world.

    Emerging Technologies Transforming the Outsourcing Industry

    Discussion embraces a transformational journey by the core, digging out the influence of five leading technologies shaping the outsourcing world in uncharted domains.

    With this insight, you can be able to involve professionals and engage customer support outsourcing service for better performance in the digital landscape. 

    Robotic Process Automation (RPA) 

    The advent of Robotic Process Automation (RPA) has heralded a revolutionary change in the business operation. Robotic Process Automation (RPA) is steering the direction of outsourcing against a wave of change that sweeps the outsourcing area. 

    RPA makes a difference in how companies perform highly repetitive rule-based tasks with computer programs equipped with human action replication qualities.

    This new automation harmony brings into the era of speed and precision as tasks are executed faster and more accurately than possible by humans.

    A big part of the outside process is the RPA, which involves cost reduction and process optimization. By automating work involving lots of repetition, organizations can have their processes flow more fluently, reduce overhead costs, and promptly provide stakeholders with top-quality output.

    With RPA over tasks like data entry and customer care, you must adapt to a new technology trend and outsource it as a cost-cutting ballet of digital efficiency.

    The RPA revolution is not only about the automation of processes; it’s about providing companies the ability to accomplish more with less. Utilizing RPA technologies, businesses can reduce costs, increase customer satisfaction, and thus maintain leading positions among other time saving competitors.

    The revolution in RPA is a big change in the outsourcing industry, which gives organizations the proper tools to succeed in a cut-throat scenario. 

    Through implementing RPA, businesses can achieve new efficiency and productivity since it is the key to their success and innovation in the digital era. 

    Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Intelligent Automation

    AI (artificial intelligence) appears as the driver of revolution in the outsourcing world. Automation, machine learning algorithms, and cognitive computing optimize routine tasks, build reliability, and drastically eliminate errors. Utilizing intelligent automation is when AI and automation tools take over and orchestrate intricate processes smartly. This fosters an adaptive environment for the outsourcing ecosystem, as human resources are relieved from routine operations, allowing them to devote more attention to strategic and innovative projects.

    Introducing AI to outsourcing brings a paradigm shift, heralding a new era of efficiency and innovation. AI-driven automation is advantageous to firms in terms of exceptional productivity and agility.

    Jobs that used to require human interactions are taken over by a system that is AI-powered, and thus, the work speed is increased significantly, as well as the service quality.

    Additionally, AI-imbued insights facilitate decision-making procedures, enabling firms to detect insightful data from large amounts of information. This data-driven approach yields operational productivity and business growth, giving companies an edge over their global competitors.

    Specifically, AI and Intelligent Automation are disruptive factors for the outsourcing market. They completely change traditional models and help create a new, more efficient, innovative future.

    Blockchain: A Trust Revolution

    Welcome to the world of Blockchain, a technology breakthrough that helps secure crypto money and keep the trust of past partners. Having a decentralized and transparent model, Blockchain offers a trustable record of transactions that no one can manipulate or touch.

    The impact of Blockchain technology continues across the entire process chain and moves further into the sphere of outsourcing negotiations, uniting them into an indispensable part. It builds a mighty barrier impenetrable by any change that would cast any transaction written down to an uneditable digital ledger into oblivion.

    Firstly, the trust revolution is a necessary step in securing sensitive data and thus making the process of outsourcing more reliable. Corporations do not seek mere technology adoption as they integrate the Blockchain into their outsourcing adventures but rather an era of trust and transparency.

     The Blockchain’s decentralization feature makes it very difficult to manipulate data, thus offering an unprecedented level of assurance critical in the dynamic outsourcing environment of a globalized world.

    Augmented Reality (AR) and Virtual Reality (VR) 

    They are the most promising developments for changing the outsourcing world. As a result, a revolution will be set in motion by merging the narrative into the three-dimensional world through Augmented and Virtual Reality. For those who work in this field, technology has created new ways to work together even when separated by large physical distances.

    Following the outsourcing narrative, the image of the future is showcased through virtual meetings, advanced training, and boosted global communications. AR and VR metamorphose into something more than just mere technologies. They become bridges connecting people in the digital world; through such a shared space, collaboration and innovation become amplified and strengthened on a scale unlike any other.

    It was the space that separated the distributed teams, but now, they can interact as if they are physically present. It boosts teamwork and serves as an impetus for outpouring creativity, where solo explorations are possible through a virtual realm.

    The significance of AR and VR reaches a deeper part of training programs, allowing trainees to practice in a virtual setting. These technologies, ranging from onboarding new employees to simulating real-world scenarios, have been made available to organizations so that they can take the skill sets of their workforce to new heights that were not possible before.

    AR and VR are key technologies akin to a new era of immersive collaboration and innovation in outsourcing. Through innovation and transformation, organizations using these technologies defy geographical boundaries and reimagine what can be done in a dynamic outsourcing setting. AR and VR are not just tools; they are the forces that will shape a tomorrow in which no creative thought is controlled.

    Embracing the Technological Wave

    A dance of algorithms and virtual realms in the outer boundaries may become a flagship for the technological wave to completely re-design the industry. Whether it is an orchestrated efficiency of AI or the trust-building power of Blockchain, these upcoming technologies create an industry that converges into the future, where agility, security, and collaboration become top priorities.

    The real dilemma is that businesses should consider the potential of these advances, manage the dynamics of services outsourced, and never step back when it comes to their competitiveness in a time immersed with the probabilities of prodigious changes.

    How to Track Page Scroll Depth in GA4 (no tagging)

    Just add this code to your GA4 script:

     window.addEventListener('scroll', function() {
     if (window.scrollY > (document.documentElement.scrollHeight - window.innerHeight) / 2) {
     gtag('event', 'scroll', {
     'event_category': 'Scroll',
     'event_action': 'Scroll 50%',
     'event_label': '
    '
     });
     }
    
    Here is live code on my website:

    GA4 Report View

    Best 18 Free Press Release Distribution Sites – TOP Ranked

    Where to send press releases for free, What Every Marketer Should Use.

    I updated Sean P. Aune script at Mashable and added SEO metrics. And for some resources, my personal experience and results will be added over time. Take a look later.

    Familiarize Yourself with the Press Release Structure

    There are many benefits of press release for your online business such as business exposure, acquire backlinks, traffic, leads, get media attention, and many more. Consider the general press release structure before you begin writing. It will assist you in obtaining all the relevant information and give you further instructions.

    • Heading – Concise and catchy to grab the attention of the reader
    • Intro/Lead – Summarize the major points of the release writing within the first few lines.
    • Include Sources – To back up your claims and add credibility.
    • Body/Essentials – Why is the article relevant and add more details
    • Quotes – Coming from CEOs, spokespersons, partnering firms, regarding the announcement
    • Be creative and add any other important detail regarding the announcement
    • Current Contact information– to reach out to the author/company
    • End with Boilerplate – similar to about Us on company details – includes nature of the company, products, and services

    Finding the Best Free PR Distribution Service Ranking in 2022

    There are several free or part-time free press release distribution sites that help your business expose its message through the right channels. The list will be useful to both marketers and SEO ninja to get more referrals & organic traffic to your site.

    TOP one:

    #1. www.PRlog.org
    Alexa Traffic Rank: 78710, SimilarWeb monthly Traffic: ▴ 259.5K visits
    * More than 600 PRs per week.
    PRLog.org — Free distribution of your texts to search engines like Bing and Yahoo (or Google News Feed in Paid Package). The distribution aspect has social media integration and custom content alerts, along with your very own ‘Press Room’.

    Premium Plus for $349 per PR;
    Premium 10 Bundle for $469.

    Our Paid Experience

    PRLog.org Platform Press Release Comparison

    Summary for Free PR PackageSummary for Premium Package for $49Premium+ PR Package for $359
    Compare Packages

    #2. www.PR.com
    Alexa Traffic Rank: 89070, SimilarWeb monthly Traffic: ▴ 103.1K visits
    * More than 600 PRs per week.
    TOP3 in 2022 cost-effective PR distribution outlet is PR.com — press releases Free distribution and also set up a full company profile.


    #3. 24-7PressRelease.com
    Alexa Traffic Rank: 210879, Monthly : ▴ 179.3K visits
    * More than 150 PRs per week.
    24–7 PressRelease.com — Free and paid release distribution.

    I used this site once a paid publication, and we got only two visits to and 68 backlinks (5  SEO links) from unique domains with press release.

    My experience

    #4. EinPressWire.com Web monthly traffic:  ▴ 200K
    We consider EIN Presswire to be one of the most advanced central sources for communication professionals whose time is valuable. EIN Presswire like PRWeb and PRNewswire is Paid press release site.

    I used this site once a paid publication.

    #5. openPR.com
    Link here. Traffic:  ▴ 404K
    We appreciate your interest in openPR and hope that you are satisfied with our service.

    www.PR-inside.com
    Alexa Traffic Rank: 689961 Monthly Traffic: ▾ 25.11K

    PR-Inside.com — EU-based distribution site offers services for journalists, agencies as well as other opinion makers for the publication of press releases.

    www.onlinePRnews.com
    Online PR Media offers affordable multimedia press releases that achieve high search engine visibility — putting your message in front of the right people at exactly the right time.

    Sign UpEasy

    www.prleap.com 
    Alexa Traffic Rank: 498136, Similar Web monthly Traffic: ▾ 13.9K
    PRLeap.com — Distribution to Search, Newswires and RSS feeds.

    www.1888pressrelease.com
    Alexa Traffic Rank: 233852, Web monthly Traffic: ▾ 19.03K
    * More than 100 PRs per week.
    1888PressRelease.com — The FREE press release distribution service used by countless businesses and individuals every day!

    www.prurgent.com
    Alexa Traffic Rank: 555040, Web monthly Traffic: ▾ 8.09K
    PRUrgent — distributes your PRs and even offers downloadable samples for you to work with.

    Note: Do not send out press releases to everyone. It is better to choose those media and authors that are most relevant to you, and write them personalized letters. First, make sure that the journalist or editor in principle covers such topics.


    Another Free but Under Bottom of Trust:

    www.pressbox.com
    Alexa Traffic Rank: 344752
    PressBox is utilized by media professionals to collate, distribute and maintain quality news to inform targeted UK-audiences.

    www.free-press-release-center.info
    Alexa Traffic Rank: 845021, Web monthly Traffic: 8548
    Free-Press-Release-Center.info — If you’re looking for a cheap and cheerful press release distributor, this option is great for small to medium-sized businesses.

    www.newswiretoday.com
    Alexa Traffic Rank: 790199, Web monthly Traffic: 8396
    NewswireToday.com — free distribution tools.

    www.prbuzz.com Alexa Traffic Rank: 3374381 Web monthly Traffic: ▴ 8232
    PRBuzz.com — Target Customers, Journalists, Investors and Prospects that are looking for Your News through Free press release. Select any of 18 topics.

    www.theopenpress.com 
    Alexa Traffic Rank: 914258 Similar, Web monthly Traffic: 6259
    The free press release package has been discontinued!
    TheOpenPress.com — Gives free distribution for plain formatted releases for $80, fees for HTML-coded releases.

    www.prfire.co.uk
    SimilarWeb Monthly Traffic: 4886

    PR Fire is a leading online public relations and marketing service that will help you to spread your press releases and news by reaching customers and media.

    www.pr9.net 
    Alexa Traffic Rank: 1651784 Similar, Web monthly Traffic: 2018
    PR9.net — PRs Submission, Distribution Service.

    www.pressabout.com 
    Alexa Traffic Rank: 3888652 Similar, Web monthly Traffic: 1207
    PressAbout.com — A free PRs service formatted as a blog.


    Conclusion — Top Free Press Release Services

    As you can see, there are several free news distribution sites that can be used to increase exposure for your business and its’ content, along with provide SEO-value (links still work!). Now, it’s up to you to start writing, submitting and see the benefits!


    Paid Press Release Services

    PRNEWS.IO is an online store that offers sponsored online media content. Over 60,000 media outlets from more than 200 countries worldwide can be reached through the catalog. There are a wide variety of forms that you can handle: news, articles and reviews; press releases; online surveys; and more.

    PRWeb.com

    PR Newswire by Cision

    Gain access to thousands of print and broadcast outlets, journalists, bloggers, financial portals, social media networks, websites and content syndication channels to help you reach your target audiences.

    What happens once I publish a press release onto a submission site?

    Your press release will appear ‘as is’ (i.e. a carbon copy of what you wrote) on the platform to which you submitted it. It’s then distributed to relevant news and media organizations. This is when the magic happens.

    If a journalist and/or publication is interested in the story, they’ll pick it up and run with it in one of two ways:

    • Publish it ‘as is’ on their own publication. This is literally a copy-and-paste of the press release that you wrote.
    • A journalist will write it up into an article, using quotes and other information contained in the press release.

    How to check how many press release the site published per week or day?

    I’m using not most accurate but useful Google tools (Search operator site:). Search the site domain and add a time limit.

    I use this tool to test the popularity of news portals.

    That is what I found after reviewing 100+ pr-sites.

    I did not review tens of thousands of sites because I only saw 100 and I am a human, so maybe some of the data providers will do a bigger marketing analysis.

    Data Science Consultant vs Data Scientist: What are the Similarities and Differences?

    What is Data Science?

    Data science is a field that combines mathematics, statistics, and computer science. Data scientists use their skills to analyze data and extract meaningful insights.

    There are three major steps in the data science process:

    • 1) Data preparation: it includes cleansing, transforming, and loading the data into a usable form.
    • 2) Modeling: it includes selecting the appropriate model for the given problem and using statistical methods to fit the model to the data.
    • 3) Evaluation: it includes checking how well our model performs on new data that we haven’t seen before.

    NIX United is a good data science consulting firm because they find the best solution for you according to your business goals.

    • Winder Research and Development Ltd.
    • Data science tools and solutions by IBM
    • MindTitan

    Introduction to data science consultant vs data scientist

    Data science consulting is an emerging profession in the data science field. Data science consultants are professionals who provide guidance to their clients on how to best use data and analytics, without having to go through the rigorous training that a data scientist does. They have a mastery of the skills required for data analysis, but lack a deep understanding of the underlying theories.

    Data scientists are experts in analyzing large amounts of data and using this information to create models or insights that can be used for decision-making purposes. They have specialized knowledge about techniques and skills in statistics, machine learning and artificial intelligence, among other fields. Data scientists can also develop new algorithms or statistical methods for modeling purposes, as well as creating new predictive models from scratch.

    What is a Data Science Consultant?

    Data Science Consultants are a type of management consultant. They help businesses to identify and use data to create value.

    Data Science Consultants can help companies in all sorts of ways, from identifying the best strategies for marketing campaigns to making sense of large datasets for better decision-making.

    Data science consultants can be a valuable asset for any company looking to make the most out of their data, and they can be found in various industries, including healthcare, financial services, and retail.

    How big is the Market for Data Science Consultants?

    Data science consultants are in high demand in the current market. They are required to create solutions that can help their clients solve complex data problems.

    With the increasing use of data in various sectors, many companies have been hiring data science consultants to help them make sense of their data. This is because they know that they can’t do it on their own and need an expert’s help.

    Data science consulting costs vary depending on the type of consultancy service that is required and the duration for which it needs to be completed. But if we compare this cost with other types of consulting services, we will find out that this is much cheaper than other consulting services and hence, more affordable for most companies.

    Comparing Consulting and Data Science Consulting Services

    Consulting is the process of getting advice from a professional who has more experience in a particular field. Consultants are usually experts in their field and they will provide you with their opinion on your current situation.

    Data Science Consulting Services are becoming more popular as the demand for data scientists is growing. Data Science Consultants will help you with your data-related problems such as data analysis, data integration, and predictive analytics. They have a lot of experience with these types of tasks and they can provide you with insight that might not be possible to get from other sources.

    These two types of services are very different and it’s important to know what you need before choosing one over the other.

    Data Science Consultant vs Data Scientist

    Conclusion Summary: Which Career Path Should You Choose For Your Future?

    The world of data is changing. Data scientists are in high demand and are considered to be the future of our society. But not everyone has the skillset or educational background to become a data scientist. So what should you do?

    If you want a more stable career, then data consulting might be your best bet. Data consulting jobs are stable and provide a variety of work opportunities in different industries. A consultant can work with large companies or small startups, and they don’t need any specific skillset to do so.

    The Best Music Apps on the Market Right Now

    The art challenges the technology, and the technology inspires the art. John Lasseter’s quote could not better represent our reality. Technology is everywhere; it is a part of education, production, communication and more. Music industry has been one of the first to incorporate IT tools in teaching and learning music. Technology has shaped the music production process. Nowadays, the market is full of music apps covering all spheres of this industry.

    Let’s divide our article into two types of apps devoted to music: 

    1. Apps to learn and practice music
    2. Apps to enhance music production

    Apps to Learn and Practice Music

    EarMaster Software

    This Danish music learning software offers tools to improve your level in music reproduction and other learning areas. This software was founded in 1992 and is an outstanding option for ear training. This app is adapted for Windows, iOS and Android and offers over 2500 different exercises you can adapt to your level. Ear training activities can help you to distinguish and master 

    • Intervals
    • Chords & Chord inversions
    • Harmonic progressions and cadences
    • Scales and modes
    • Rhythms
    • Melodies

    Skoove

    This interactive piano lessons offering app opens its path in the music industry. This relatively young app is compatible with PC, Mac, Android, iOS and all keyboards and pianos. Although this is a virtual platform, you still can count on professional feedback from music instructors. Forbes and The Guardian have noticed this app’s specific impact on piano learners. This software includes fun piano lessons connecting music with the alphabet. Note interval and pattern recognitions are the first steps to playing the piano. For example, things like piano keyboard notes equivalent letters from C to F. If you are surprised that musical notes have letter names then you are studying music with Italian monk Guido of Arezzo’s musical syllabic notation. Skoove offers material and discounts to piano teachers to keep the music teaching process inspiring and productive.    

    Melodics

    Melodics is a desktop app with music learning inputs. It has around 250.000 users and offers fun music lessons that are both challenging and fun. The designers of this app insist on the learners’ freedom of choice. Melodics has no level-locked lessons. It has a wide variety of music genres to study with. It has no first, second or third steps. This app allows students to choose their path and improve their weak points. Regular feedback makes the learning process more productive. 

    Apps to Enhance Music Production

    GarageBand

    Apple GarageBand is a music production app. It is outstanding for being accessible and integrated into Macs, iPhones and iPads. With the lifelike sounding touch instruments for keyboards, guitar, drums and other instruments music, the production process becomes something fun and easy. When the touch instrument opens, you can start playing your music. Garageband helps you generate your music as a DJ or create your piece of music. 

    DAW (Digital Audio Workstation)

    The DAW (Digital Audio Workstation) is the leading software used in musical production. It is a program that allows the producer to do the necessary actions related to audio such as recording, editing (using basic computer tasks such as cutting, copying or pasting), looping, composing and mixing, among many others. There are lots of different options, so a few things should be considered while choosing the best one for us. First of all, the skill level of the producer. Suppose it is a beginner who will be using the Daw. In that case, it is pointless to use one made for professional usage that has a non-intuitive interface and is challenging to use, as long as the features offered are not exploited. Also, the DAW must adapt to the needs of the user. DAW must be chosen depending on whether the scenario will be a studio recording session, a mixing and mastering process, a live performance recording. For example, Ableton Live is an excellent option for live performance recordings as it is developed to be used in live sessions and tiny desk recordings.

    Audacity

    Audacity is a free audio editing software. It is one of the most populars due to its easy usage and plenty of edition options. It helps you mix music, edit podcasts, record and enhance your audio. Audacity is popular because it is free and handy. Nevertheless, as a level of professionality, it is in the intermediate level, and experts consider it less professional than other similar apps. 

    Pro Tools

    Pro Tools is one of the best and most attractive music production software. Pro Tools app is top-rated for standard studio production as long as it offers an interface and tools oriented for tasks such as mixing, equalizing and mixing, among others, functions that are more common in-studio recording sessions. The avid cloud collaboration allows you to work with other producers in a distance. 

    Final Thoughts

    Above mentioned music apps are only some from the long list of the apps devoted to music teaching, learning or production. These apps are constantly updated to win their space in the music world and business market. Besides these apps, other online platforms offer video tutorials to learn or produce music. Youtube is the most significant video sharing utility. It has Thousands of tutorial videos for different levels.

    Thus, take the advantage of the tools technology offers you, but as Albert Einstein alleges,- let the human spirit prevail over technology!

    Best Words to describe a Good Employee

    Employees are the backbone of any organization. They drive the daily operations and are the force that propels the company forward. Employees should be handled with care and understanding, considering the various challenges they may encounter. 89% of workers at companies that support well-being initiatives are more likely to recommend their company as a good place to work. Ensuring employees’ needs are met contributes significantly to their mental wellbeing and overall performance. 

    While it’s true that supervisors and managers are charged with the task of overseeing employees, it’s essential to approach this duty in a manner that maintains their motivation. 77% of employees say they would work harder if they were better recognized. Communication with employees ought to be thoughtful and inspiring, so as not to dampen their enthusiasm and energy. 

    This article is a valuable resource for managers, employees, and supervisors tasked with managing junior staff. It provides key descriptives that aid in understanding today’s workforce where word choice can greatly influence employee retention. Regardless of the industry, the following eight descriptors provide an insightful guide to characterizing quality employees. 

    27 Simple Words That Describe High-Performing Employees

    As a leader, whether of a startup or a large enterprise, your paramount task is ensuring that all seats have the right people — individuals with a positive mindset. 

    Here are the best words to keep in mind when nurturing such a mindset among your Perfect Employee.  

    1. Motivated 

    A motivated employee may harbor hidden attributes that aid in their career progression. Notably, they are likely keen communicators and active listeners, eager for guidance and continual learning. 

    Such employees think strategically, considering the potential impacts of their actions, thus minimizing the incidence of costly mistakes that could harm the company’s reputation or profits. 

    2. Dedicated 

    A dedicated employee fully embraces their role and aligns with company values. They are focused on helping their organization attain its goals, taking pride in its success and making choices that benefit everyone involved. 

    3. Consistent 

    We often neglect the value of consistency, throwing our focus towards innovation and creativity instead. 

    Certainly, there’s a significant advantage to having an employee who punches in daily and on time. These consistently reliable individuals deserve acknowledgment for their unwavering loyalty. 

    4. Accountable 

    High-quality employees exhibit responsibility, both for themselves and for their team. These people aren’t afraid to ask for assistance when necessary, and they certainly won’t shy away from confronting any issues that might be bothering them.  

    You won’t find yourself needing to micromanage these employees; they fully understand their role and its specifics. 

    5. Dependable 

    While talent undeniably plays a big part in an employee’s success, dependability can take them the distance. A dependable staff member not only completes his or her assigned tasks within the given deadline and budget but also devises strategies to troubleshoot issues ensuring project success. Bureau your employee evaluation survey tool to gather more insights on your personnel. 

    6. Integrity 

    Integrity is a trifecta of honesty, accountability, and successful delivery. In business, achieving perfection necessitates learning from mistakes. As a leader, your role involves evaluating employees on their willingness to admit their errors and the strategies they implement to correct them.  

    Those who face their mistakes head-on pass the integrity test with flying colors; it’s a trait that should be nurtured continuously. 

    7. Committed 

    Truly dedicated employees aren’t solely focused on climbing the career ladder. They genuinely care about their organization and the clients they serve.  

    This necessitates an authentic interest in the business, even if their tasks can sometimes become monotonous. 

    8. Optimistic 

    This employee is always hunting for imaginative solutions before involving the rest of the team. They see each new day as an opportunity for groundbreaking work rather than merely performing their typical desk-bound duties. Their contributions, whether big or small, propel the business forward. 

    1. Adaptable – Able to adjust to new conditions and challenges effectively.
    2. Collaborative – Works well with others to achieve common goals.
    3. Communicative – Shares and exchanges information clearly and effectively.
    4. Detail-Oriented – Pays attention to the small details that can make a big difference in quality.
    5. Diligent – Shows care and conscientiousness in their work and duties.
    6. Efficient – Capable of producing desired results without wasting materials, time, or energy.
    7. Empathetic – Understands and shares the feelings of others, contributing to a positive workplace environment.
    8. Honest – Demonstrates integrity and transparency in all actions.
    9. Innovative – Creative in finding ways to improve processes, products, or solutions.
    10. Leadership – Inspires and guides others towards achieving team and organizational goals.
    11. Loyal – Shows firm and constant support to the organization and its objectives.
    12. Organized – Keeps work and thoughts structured to meet deadlines and manage tasks efficiently.
    13. Patient – Able to accept or tolerate delays, problems, or suffering without becoming annoyed or anxious.
    14. Proactive – Takes initiative and anticipates needs without being asked.
    15. Problem-Solver – Identifies challenges and provides effective solutions.
    16. Reliable – Consistently dependable in performance and behavior.
    17. Resourceful – Finds quick and clever ways to overcome difficulties.
    18. Respectful – Maintains a demeanor that respects colleagues, company policies, and company culture.
    19. Versatile – Possesses a wide range of skills and can adapt them to fit various roles or situations.

    Taking these descriptors into account, identifying your top performers should now be a piece of cake. These words will aid in answering essential questions like what makes your team members exceptional? If you’re an employee, this list offers a mirror to self-evaluate alignment with these traits. 

    I began my career as an assistant to my father in his construction company, where my brother and I poured concrete and cut rebar. In such a role, you don’t think about how to praise and encourage subordinates. When I got my first junior intern, it became a serious challenge for me. I don’t really like communication, but the productivity of the team directly depends on how the manager communicates with the great team. This experience cost me a lot.

    Amazon Rapids Review

    Amazon Rapids, the chat fiction that encourages kids to read by presenting stories in the form of text message conversations, is now going free. Previously, Amazon had been charging $2.99 per month for a subscription that allows unlimited access to its story collection, which now numbers in the hundreds.

    Amazon Rapids kicked off in November 2016, aiming to grab the attention of kids into chat fiction apps like Hooked, Yarn, Tap, etc., which usually attract teens. But Amazon Rapids was designed to be kid-friendly, cutting out all the inappropriate stuff like swearing and mature themes you’d find in those other apps. It’s all about fun and silly stories for kids aged 5 to 12, without trying to hook them with endless cliffhangers or scare them.

    Plus, the app added some cool educational bits like a built-in glossary and a read-along mode to give younger readers a hand.

    How popular is Rapids by Amazon?

    Sensor Tower data shows Amazon Rapids has only been downloaded about 10.000-50.000 times, with most of those on iOS. Since subscription money goes straight to Amazon, not through app stores, there’s no info on how much they’ve made. It’s not super popular on the App Store, sitting at No. 1105 for iPhone downloads in Education and No. 1001 on iPad. The highest it ever got was No. 65 on iPad.

    Average Clients Rating – 3.6

    Planning and Defining Your Python Project Scope

    Planning and defining your software development project scope is essential for ensuring the success of the development endeavor. By establishing clear objectives, deliverables, and constraints upfront, you can effectively map out the direction of your project and minimize potential risks along the way. Whether you are embarking on a new software application or enhancing an existing system, having a well-defined project scope in Python sets the foundation for efficient collaboration among team members and stakeholders throughout the development lifecycle.

    To support this, hire Python developers to bring the necessary expertise and efficiency to your project, ensuring all objectives are achieved with quality and within the desired timelines.

    Setting Clear Project Goals

    This is very trite advice, but it has always helped me before starting development, especially for MVP projects.

    TaskDescription
    Define purposeClearly state why you are undertaking this Python project.
    Identify audienceUnderstand who will benefit from or interact with your project.
    Address problem/needArticulate the main issue that your Python project intends to solve.
    Set objectivesCreate quantifiable goals that will guide and evaluate your project’s success.
    Establish timelineBreak down tasks into achievable stages with deadlines to stay on track throughout the development.

    It is not for nothing that they say that the most important thing is not the idea but the team that will implement it.

    Identifying Key Stakeholders

    • 1. Project Sponsor
      • Responsible for providing resources and funding.
    • 2. End Users
      • Those who will use the final product.
    • 3. Development Team
      • Programmers, designers, and testers are involved in project execution.
    • 4. Business Analysts
      • Gather requirements from stakeholders and translate them for the development team.

    Identifying key stakeholders is crucial to ensure that all parties involved are considered throughout the project lifecycle. Each stakeholder brings a unique perspective and set of requirements to the table, which can significantly impact the success of your Python project scope.

    As a CTO, I’ve seen firsthand the impact of clear project planning and the strategic hiring of Python developers. These steps are crucial for ensuring project success, leveraging Python’s capabilities to the fullest, and efficiently turning concepts into high-quality software solutions.

    Roman Osipenko, CTO of Django Stars

    Planning Project Requirements in Python

    The uniqueness of planning programs in Python lies in several key features that make it a preferred language for developers across various domains. Here are some of the highlights:

    1. Simplicity and Readability: Python’s syntax is designed to be intuitive and close to the English language, which makes it easier for beginners to understand and implement their ideas. The emphasis on readability means that Python code is less cluttered and more maintainable than many other programming languages.
    2. Versatility: Python is incredibly versatile, allowing developers to work on a wide range of projects, from web applications to data analysis, machine learning, artificial intelligence, scientific computing, and more. This versatility is supported by a rich collection of libraries and frameworks that extend Python’s functionality.
    3. Interpretive Nature: Being an interpreted language, Python executes code line by line. This feature provides the flexibility of testing individual blocks of code without needing to compile the entire program, facilitating a more efficient debugging process.
    4. Dynamic Typing: Python is dynamically typed, which means that the type of a variable is determined at runtime rather than in advance. This adds to the flexibility of the language, although it requires developers to be mindful of type errors.
    5. Strong Community Support: Python has a large and active community, which contributes to a vast ecosystem of libraries, frameworks, and tools. Whether you’re working on data science projects using Pandas and NumPy, developing web applications with Django or Flask, or exploring machine learning with TensorFlow or PyTorch, the Python community offers extensive resources and support.
    6. Integration Capabilities: Python can be easily integrated with other programming languages and technologies, allowing for a seamless blend of performance and productivity. It can interact with databases, perform network operations, and even integrate with languages like C and C++ for computationally intensive tasks.
    7. Portable and Extendable: Python programs are portable, meaning that a program written on one machine can run on any other machine without requiring any changes (provided Python is installed). Additionally, Python allows for the extension of its capabilities by including libraries written in other languages, enhancing its performance and efficiency.
    8. Open Source: Python is an open-source language, which means it is freely available for use and distribution, including for commercial purposes. This encourages innovation and collaboration among developers worldwide.

    Establishing Milestones for Progress Tracking

    • Define Clear Milestones: Break down the project into key phases.
    • Set Achievable Goals: Ensure each milestone is realistic and attainable.
    • Assign Responsibility: Clearly assign tasks to team members for each milestone.
    • Track Progress Regularly: Monitor and update progress towards milestones frequently.
    1. Start by outlining the major milestones that need to be achieved.
    2. Break down each milestone into smaller tasks with specific deadlines.
    3. Assign roles, responsibilities, and deadlines clearly to team members.
    4. Regularly review progress against set milestones to ensure on-track delivery.

    Remember, establishing clear milestones is crucial for tracking progress effectively throughout your Python project development.

    Managing Scope Creep and Change Requests

    • Set Clear Project Goals
      • Define project scope clearly to avoid misunderstandings.
    • Establish a Change Control Process
      • Create a documented process for evaluating and approving changes.
    • Regular Communication
      • Keep stakeholders informed of any potential changes or impacts on the project.
    • Prioritize Changes
      • Evaluate change requests based on their impact and urgency.
    TaskResponsible PartyDeadline
    Review Change RequestProject ManagerWithin 2 days
    Assess ImpactDevelopment TeamWithin 1 week
    1. Monitor Progress Continuously
      • Regularly assess whether the project is aligning with the defined scope.
    2. Document Everything
      • Keep detailed records of all discussions, decisions, and approved changes.
    3. Avoid Gold Plating
      • Refrain from adding unnecessary features beyond the agreed-upon scope.

    Conclusion

    Defining the scope of your Python project is crucial for its success. By planning meticulously and setting clear objectives from the outset, you can ensure that your project stays on track and delivers the desired results. Remember to regularly review and adjust the scope as needed to accommodate any changes or new requirements that may arise during development. With a well-defined project scope, you set yourself up for a more efficient development process and ultimately increase the likelihood of achieving your goals within the specified time frame.

    Benefits of Remote Recruiting in 2024

    Why is the 2024 layoff good for remote and offshore workers?

    Remote hiring has become increasingly popular in recent years, allowing companies to tap into a global talent pool and overcome geographical limitations. The benefits of remote hiring are numerous, making it an attractive option for both employers and employees. By embracing remote work arrangements, companies can reduce costs associated with office space and equipment while also enjoying increased productivity and employee satisfaction. Additionally, remote hiring enables individuals to have more flexibility in their work-life balance, eliminating the need for lengthy commutes and fostering a sense of autonomy.

    The ability to hire remotely offers countless advantages. With access to a wider global pool of candidates from around the world, organizations can find top talent without being restricted by location. This not only increases diversity within teams but also brings fresh perspectives and ideas that contribute to overall innovation within the company. Moreover, remote hiring allows businesses to save on expenses related to office overheads such as rent, utilities, and maintenance costs.

    From an employee perspective, working remotely provides freedom from commuting hassles and allows individuals to create their own ideal workspace. With flexible schedules available in many remote positions, professionals can better manage their time according to personal needs or family responsibilities which ultimately improves job satisfaction.

    The Rise of Remote Hiring

    Remote recruiting and hiring has become increasingly popular in recent years, revolutionizing the way companies recruit and onboard new talent. Here are some key factors contributing to the rise of remote hiring:

    1. Global Talent Pool: By embracing remote hiring, organizations can tap into a vast pool of talent from around the world. Geographical limitations no longer restrict businesses when it comes to finding skilled professionals.
    2. Cost Savings: Remote hiring allows companies to save on various costs associated with traditional recruitment methods. With remote workers, organizations can eliminate expenses like office space, commuting allowances, and relocation packages.
    3. Increased Productivity: Studies have shown that remote employees tend to be more productive compared to their in-office counterparts. Working remotely provides individuals with flexibility and a comfortable environment, resulting in higher job satisfaction levels and improved focus on tasks.
    4. Diverse Perspectives: Hiring remotely opens doors for diverse perspectives within an organization’s workforce. Companies benefit from different cultural backgrounds, experiences, and expertise brought by remote workers who may come from various regions or countries.
    5. Improved Work-Life Balance: Remote work offers employees greater control over their work-life balance by eliminating commuting time and allowing for flexible schedules. This leads to increased job satisfaction and reduced burnout rates among team members.
    6. Reduced Environmental Impact: By adopting remote hiring practices, businesses contribute positively to environmental sustainability efforts by reducing carbon emissions associated with daily commutes or business travel.
    7. Broader Skill Sets Available: When location is no longer a limiting factor in recruitment decisions, employers gain access to broader skill sets that might not be readily available locally or regionally.
    8. Adaptability during Crises: The COVID-19 pandemic highlighted the importance of being able to quickly adapt operations during unforeseen circumstances such as lockdowns or travel restrictions – making remote hiring an essential strategy for maintaining business continuity.

    As technology continues to advance and remote work becomes more commonplace, embracing remote hiring will be crucial for businesses striving for success in the modern world of work.

    Increased Access to Global Talent

    Remote hiring opens up new opportunities for businesses to access global talent. Here are some key benefits:

    1. Expanded Candidate Pool: With remote hiring, companies are no longer restricted by geographical boundaries when searching for skilled professionals. They can tap into a diverse pool of talents from around the world, ensuring they find the best fit for their needs.
    2. Specialized Skillsets: Remote hiring allows businesses to find individuals with highly specialized skillsets that may be scarce or unavailable locally. This enables companies to fill critical roles with experts in their respective fields, leading to improved productivity and innovation.
    3. Cost Savings: Hiring remote workers often results in cost savings compared to traditional on-site employees. By accessing global talent, employers can take advantage of lower labor costs in certain regions while still maintaining high-quality work output.
    4. 24/7 Operations and Timezone Coverage: When working with remote teams across different time zones, businesses gain the ability to provide round-the-clock operations and support services to customers worldwide. This ensures enhanced customer satisfaction and increased business efficiency.
    5. Cultural Diversity and Perspectives: Embracing remote hiring brings cultural diversity into the workplace, fostering a rich exchange of ideas and perspectives among team members. Different backgrounds and experiences contribute to creativity, problem-solving abilities, and overall team performance.
    6. Flexibility in Scaling Operations: Remote hiring offers flexibility when it comes to scaling operations based on business needs or project demands without facing limitations imposed by physical office space constraints or local talent availability.

    In summary, embracing remote hiring provides businesses with increased access to global talent pools filled with specialized skills while offering cost savings opportunities and promoting cultural diversity within teams.

    Cost Savings for Companies

    Remote hiring offers numerous cost-saving advantages for companies. Here are some key benefits:

    1. Reduced overhead costs: Hiring remote employees allows companies to cut down on expenses associated with maintaining a physical office space, such as rent, utilities, and office supplies.
    2. Lower employee salaries: Remote positions often attract candidates from different geographic regions where the cost of living may be lower than in major cities or metropolitan areas. This can enable companies to hire talented professionals at more affordable salary levels.
    3. Decreased recruitment costs: Traditional hiring processes typically involve advertising job vacancies through various channels and conducting multiple rounds of interviews that require time and resources. With remote hiring, much of this process can be streamlined through online platforms and video interviews, reducing recruitment costs significantly.
    4. Savings on employee benefits: Companies are often required to provide certain benefits like health insurance coverage or retirement plans for their employees working in an office setting. However, when it comes to remote workers, these expenses may not apply or might be reduced since they usually have their own arrangements in place.
    5. Minimized turnover rates: Remote work has been shown to increase employee satisfaction by offering greater flexibility and work-life balance opportunities. When employees are content with their jobs, turnover rates tend to decrease, saving companies the expense of constantly recruiting and training new staff members.
    6. Access to global talent pool: By embracing remote hiring practices, businesses gain access to a larger pool of qualified candidates worldwide who can contribute diverse skills and perspectives without requiring relocation assistance or visa sponsorships.
    7. Fewer commuting-related expenses: Remote workers eliminate the need for daily commutes which results in savings related to fuel costs or public transportation fees incurred by both employees and employers alike.

    In conclusion, adopting remote hiring strategies provides significant cost savings for companies by reducing overheads while accessing a wider talent pool globally at potentially lower salary ranges compared to traditional hiring approaches.

    Flexible Work Arrangements

    Remote hiring offers numerous benefits, and one of the most attractive advantages is the ability to create flexible work arrangements. These arrangements provide a level of freedom and autonomy that traditional office-based jobs often lack. Here are some key points to consider:

    1. Work-life balance: With remote hiring, employees can achieve a better work-life balance by having more control over their schedules. They can fit work around personal commitments and take breaks as needed without feeling guilty or restricted.
    2. Location independence: Remote hiring allows companies to tap into a global talent pool without being limited by geographical boundaries. Employees can choose where they want to live and work, which eliminates commuting time and associated costs.
    3. Increased productivity: Flexible work arrangements have been found to boost employee productivity significantly. By working in an environment that suits them best, employees can focus on their tasks without distractions prevalent in traditional offices.
    4. Reduced overhead costs: Companies benefit from reduced overhead costs when adopting remote hiring practices since there’s no need for physical office spaces or equipment for all employees.
    5. Access to diverse skill sets: Remote hiring enables organizations to access talent from various locations worldwide, resulting in diverse skill sets within teams. This diversity promotes innovation and creativity while fostering a collaborative environment.
    6. Improved employee satisfaction: Offering flexible work arrangements increases job satisfaction among employees, leading to higher retention rates and lower turnover costs for businesses.

    I think, flexible work arrangements made possible through remote hiring offer several compelling benefits such as improved work-life balance, increased productivity levels, access to diverse skills globally, reduced overhead costs for employers, heightened employee satisfaction resulting in long-term loyalty towards the organization.

    Improved Employee Satisfaction and Retention

    Remote hiring offers several benefits that can lead to improved employee satisfaction and higher retention rates. Here are some key points to consider:

    1. Flexible Work-Life Balance: Remote work allows employees to have more control over their schedules, enabling them to better balance their personal and professional lives. This flexibility can significantly improve job satisfaction and overall well-being.
    2. Reduced Commute Stress: With remote hiring, employees no longer have to endure long commutes or rush-hour traffic, reducing stress levels significantly. This decrease in commuting time allows for a smoother transition between work and personal life, resulting in happier employees.
    3. Increased Autonomy: Working remotely empowers employees with greater autonomy over their tasks and workflows. They can choose when and where they work best, which leads to increased motivation and productivity. This sense of independence often translates into higher job satisfaction.
    4. Expanded Talent Pool: By embracing remote hiring practices, companies gain access to a wider pool of talent beyond geographic limitations. Employees from different regions or even countries bring diverse perspectives, skills sets, and experiences that enrich the workforce.
    5. Cost Savings: Remote hiring not only benefits employees but also saves costs for employers by eliminating expenses associated with office space rental, utilities, equipment maintenance, etc., leading to potential budget allocation for other areas such as training or employee development programs.

    TableComparison Between Office-Based vs Remote Employee Satisfaction

    FactorsOffice-BasedRemote
    FlexibilityLimitedHigh
    Commuting StressHighLow
    AutonomyModerateHigh
    Talent Pool AccessLocal/RegionalGlobal

    Enhanced Productivity and Efficiency

    Remote hiring offers several benefits for businesses, one of which is enhanced productivity and efficiency. Here are some key reasons why remote hiring can lead to increased productivity:

    1. Flexible Work Environment: Remote work allows employees to create a personalized workspace that suits their preferences and needs. This flexibility helps individuals focus better, resulting in improved productivity.
    2. No Commuting: Without the need to commute to the office, employees save valuable time that would otherwise be spent on traveling. This extra time can be utilized productively, allowing workers to start their day fresh and motivated.
    3. Reduced Distractions: Working remotely minimizes distractions commonly found in traditional office settings such as interruptions from colleagues or excessive noise levels. Employees have more control over their environment, enabling them to maintain focus on tasks at hand.
    4. Increased Autonomy: Remote work empowers employees by granting them greater autonomy over how they manage their workload. With fewer constraints imposed by rigid office schedules, individuals can structure their day in a way that optimizes their productivity.
    5. Access to Global Talent Pool: Hiring remotely opens up opportunities for businesses to tap into a global talent pool without geographic limitations. By accessing skilled professionals from diverse backgrounds worldwide, companies increase the likelihood of finding highly qualified candidates who bring unique perspectives and ideas to the table.
    6. Improved Work-Life Balance: Offering remote work options demonstrates an employer’s commitment towards promoting work-life balance for its workforce. When employees have a healthy balance between personal life and work commitments, it positively impacts job satisfaction and overall motivation levels leading to increased productivity.

    Remote hiring provides businesses with numerous advantages when it comes to enhancing productivity and efficiency within teams due primarily to factors like flexible working environments, reduced commuting time, minimal distractions, increased autonomy for workers themselves while also gaining access globally talented professionals creating optimal workflow structures conducive toward healthy employee lifestyles positively impacting job satisfaction leading to higher productivity overall.

    Diverse Perspectives and Innovation

    Remote hiring offers numerous benefits when it comes to fostering diverse perspectives and driving innovation within an organization. Here’s how:

    1. Global Talent Pool: Remote hiring allows businesses to tap into a global talent pool, breaking geographical barriers. By embracing remote work, companies can attract candidates from different backgrounds, cultures, and experiences.
    2. Diverse Skillsets: When hiring remotely, organizations have access to a wider range of skillsets as they are not limited by the local talent pool. This diversity in skills brings fresh ideas and innovative approaches to problem-solving.
    3. Cross-Cultural Collaboration: Remote teams often consist of members located in various parts of the world, enabling cross-cultural collaboration. Different cultural perspectives encourage creativity and alternative ways of thinking.
    4. Enhanced Creativity: Working with individuals from diverse backgrounds sparks creativity by encouraging unconventional thinking patterns and challenging existing norms or assumptions.
    5. Reduced Bias: Traditional recruitment processes may be influenced by unconscious bias towards certain demographics or characteristics that hinder diversity efforts within organizations. Remote hiring helps mitigate this bias by focusing more on qualifications rather than physical attributes or personal biases during candidate evaluation.
    6. Increased Flexibility: The flexibility offered through remote work allows individuals with unique circumstances or disabilities to participate fully in the workforce without facing traditional workplace barriers.
    7. Improved Problem-Solving Abilities: A team composed of individuals with different life experiences enriches problem-solving abilities by bringing multiple perspectives to the table—resulting in more comprehensive solutions that cater to diverse customer needs.

    Challenges and Best Practices

    Remote recruiting comes with its own set of challenges. However, by implementing best practices, these challenges can be overcome effectively. Here are some common challenges faced in remote hiring along with recommended best practices:

    1. Communications barriers
      • Use video conferencing tools to facilitate face-to-face interactions.
      • Maintain clear and consistent communication channels.
      • Encourage open lines of communication to foster collaboration.
    2. Building trust and culture
      • Establish strong virtual onboarding processes.
      • Foster regular team building activities and social interactions.
      • Provide opportunities for employees to connect outside of work-related tasks.
    3. Ensuring productivity and accountability
      • Set clear expectations regarding deliverables, deadlines, and performance metrics.
      • Utilize project management tools to track progress efficiently.
    4. Managing different time zonesTime Zone ManagementPlan overlapping working hours for effective collaborationRespect individuals’ personal time outside the agreed-upon overlap
    5. Maintaining employee engagement
      • Conduct regular check-ins to offer support and address concerns promptly.
      • Celebrate achievements publicly through virtual recognition programs or announcements.
    6. Securing data and privacy
      • Train employees on cybersecurity best practices
      • Implement secure file-sharing systems
      • Ensure compliance with relevant data protection regulations
    7. Providing necessary resourcesProviding adequate hardware/software/tools required for efficient remote work
    8. Adapting recruitment processModify recruitment strategies to assess candidates’ suitability for remote positions

    By being aware of these challenges and following the recommended best practices, organizations can successfully navigate the complexities associated with remote hiring while reaping its numerous benefits.

    Conclusion

    Remote hiring offers numerous benefits for both employers and employees. By embracing remote work, companies can tap into a global talent pool and find the best candidates regardless of geographical constraints. This allows businesses to build diverse teams with individuals from different backgrounds, experiences, and perspectives.

    Furthermore, remote hiring promotes flexibility and work-life balance. Employees have the freedom to choose their working environment, which can lead to increased productivity and job satisfaction. Remote work eliminates commuting time and reduces stress associated with traditional office settings. It also enables individuals to better manage personal commitments while still delivering high-quality results.

    In conclusion, remote hiring is a game-changer in today’s digital age. Embracing this approach not only helps organizations access top talent but also provides employees with greater control over their professional lives. As more companies adopt remote work policies, it is clear that the benefits of remote hiring extend far beyond convenience – they contribute to enhanced collaboration, employee well-being, and overall success in the modern workplace.

    How to Build LLM and What Team do You Need in 2024

    Creating the perfect team is critical for LLM-powered applications. But how do you find them? This article will explore the key elements of assembling a qualified team and supply strategies for locating the right tech people.

    First, you must understand the roles needed in a team. Every successful AI-powered application needs professionals in machine learning, natural language processing and software development. These professionals are the backbone of the team and bring special skills to the project.

    Finding these experts can be difficult but there are ways to make it simpler. Use professional networks like LinkedIn or attend tech conferences to meet individuals with an interest in LLM-powered applications.

    Online platforms dedicated to connecting employers with professionals are also effective. Platforms like Upwork, Fiverr and Freelancer let you post job descriptions and view possible candidates’ portfolios, easing the search for the right people.

    Once you have a pool of potential team members, evaluate them thoughtfully. Interviews to assess their technical knowledge and problem-solving abilities can help you determine their capabilities. Request references and previous work samples to get an idea of their past projects.

    Diverse teams also play a huge role in creativity and innovation. Including individuals with different backgrounds and perspectives generates an environment with lively discussions and new ideas. This diversity encourages collaboration and enhances the final product.

    The Importance of Building LLM-Powered Applications

    Building LLM-powered applications is vital for businesses to remain competitive in today’s tech-driven world. These apps use the power of Language Model (LLM) to improve user experience, from natural language processing to content creation. Incorporating LLM tech boosts customer interactions, automates tasks, and gives insights from data.

    Forming an effective LLM team is the key. It should include experts in machine learning, natural language processing, and software development. Machine learning engineers train and tweak the language model to understand contexts and produce accurate answers. NLP specialists make sure the app understands input and outputs correctly. Software devs integrate and deploy the LLM model without a hitch.

    Finding a team of this caliber can be tough. Networking in the industry and attending AI-focused conferences and meetups can uncover potential team members. Recruiting firms specialized in AI talent can assist in locating qualified professionals with LLM experience (just call Sterling from TurnKey).

    For instance, an e-commerce firm wanted to update its virtual assistant feature with advanced language abilities. It was hard to find LLM professionals until they enlisted an AI recruiting agency. The agency connected them with an expert team that enabled the virtual assistant to be an intuitive tool for customer support.

    Understanding the LLM Team Structure

    The LLM Team Structure can be understood by analyzing the different roles and responsibilities of each team member involved in building LLM-powered applications. Here is an overview of the key team members and their functions:

    RoleResponsibilities
    Data ScientistsThey are responsible for developing and training machine learning models using LLM techniques. They analyze data, identify patterns, and optimize the performance of the models.
    Software EngineersThese professionals design and develop the software infrastructure needed for LLM-powered applications. They integrate the machine learning models into the application and ensure their seamless functionality.
    Domain ExpertsThey possess expertise in the specific domain for which the LLM-powered application is being built. They help in defining the problem statement, understanding the domain-specific requirements, and evaluating the model’s performance.
    Project ManagersThey oversee the entire process of building LLM-powered applications. They coordinate between the team members, define project goals, and ensure the timely completion of deliverables.

    It is important to note that these team members work collaboratively to leverage their respective expertise and contribute towards a successful LLM-powered application. Together, they form a cohesive unit that combines data science, software engineering, domain knowledge, and project management skills to achieve the desired outcomes.

    While each team member plays a unique role, effective communication and collaboration among them are crucial for the success of the project. Regular meetings, sharing progress updates, and active involvement of all team members in decision-making processes enhance the efficiency and productivity of the LLM team.

    To ensure a smooth workflow, here are some suggestions:

    1. Foster a collaborative environment: Encourage open communication and knowledge sharing among team members. This promotes cross-functional understanding and helps in addressing challenges effectively.
    2. Adopt an agile approach: Break the project into smaller tasks and iterate on the development process. This allows for flexibility, quick feedback loops, and continuous improvement.
    3. Establish clear roles and responsibilities: Clearly define the responsibilities of each team member to avoid overlapping or gaps in work. This improves accountability and ensures smooth coordination.
    4. Invest in ongoing learning and skill development: LLM technologies are evolving rapidly. Encourage team members to stay updated with the latest advancements and provide opportunities for learning and skill enhancement.

    By following these suggestions, the LLM team can leverage the expertise of each member and effectively collaborate to build successful LLM-powered applications. Being a project manager is like herding cats, but with the added challenge of making them code.

    Role of a Project Manager

    The Project Manager is a key part of the LLM team. They manage the project from start to finish, ensuring everything is on track and within budget. This person connects different stakeholders, like clients, team members, and managers. They communicate expectations and needs, keeping everyone in the loop. This role also needs good leadership skills to motivate and direct the team.

    The Project Manager has a major part in risk management too. They recognize any potential issues and come up with strategies to deal with them. This avoids any disruptions and keeps the project going.

    PMI’s Pulse of the Profession Report shows that organizations with effective Project Managers have 71% of their projects meeting their goals and business intent. This proves how important having a great Project Manager is for successful project outcomes.

    Role of Data Scientists

    Data scientists play a pivotal part in the LLM team structure. They analyze large sets of data and make sense of them. Their expertise is in utilizing advanced stats techniques and machine learning algorithms to reveal patterns, trends and connections in the data to help with decision-making.

    Let’s take a look at the following table:

    Column 1Column 2Column 3
    SkillsetResponsibilitiesTools/Software
    Statistical analysisAnalyzing complex data setsR, Python, SAS
    Machine learningDeveloping predictive models based on dataTensorFlow, scikit-learn
    Data visualizationRepresenting findings through visualsTableau, Power BI

    Data scientists have a unique set of skills which includes proficiency in stats, programming and domain knowledge. They use statistical analysis to make sense of data and draw conclusions. Plus, they apply machine learning algorithms to create predictive models for future trends or outcomes.

    Moreover, data visualization is an important part of their job. By using visuals such as graphs or charts, they make sure their results are easy to understand and useful for stakeholders from different departments.

    To make the most of data scientists in the LLM team structure, here are some tips:

    • Foster interdisciplinary collaboration: Encourage collaboration between data scientists and other team members like lawyers or business analysts. This can lead to more comprehensive analyses and insight generation. Plus, it deepens understanding of legal processes and systems.
    • Continuous learning: Since data science is a quickly evolving field, data scientists should stay up-to-date with the newest tools, techniques and methodologies. Provide opportunities for continuous learning through workshops or training programs to help them stay ahead.
    • Clear communication: Data scientists should communicate their findings clearly and concisely. By speaking plainly and avoiding technical jargon, they ensure that their insights are understood and utilized by decision-makers.

    By applying these tips, organizations can make the most of data scientists in the LLM team structure. This environment of collaboration and continuous learning, along with effective communication, enables data scientists to be a major part of data-driven decision-making processes.

    Role of Machine Learning Engineers

    Machine Learning Engineers are integral to the LLM team. They create and use machine learning models to help with data analysis and decision-making.

    • They join forces with data scientists and software engineers to figure out what is needed, design, and develop ML algorithms.
    • They also take care of data preprocessing, feature selection, and model evaluation to get optimum performance.
    • They are proficient in programming languages like Python and R, plus ML libraries like TensorFlow and scikit-learn.

    Furthermore, Machine Learning Engineers collaborate with stakeholders to understand their goals and turn them into ML solutions. They keep up to date with AI and ML advancements to refine their talent.

    To be successful, these professionals must have analytical skills, problem-solving capabilities, and great communication abilities. By keeping up with trends and using their tech know-how, they make a significant contribution to LLM projects.

    Do you want to be part of the AI revolution? Then, being a Machine Learning Engineer is a chance you don’t want to miss. Join us now!

    Role of Software Developers

    Software developers are essential for the LLM team. They make, test, and maintain apps that meet the team’s needs.

    • They write code to make software work and be efficient.
    • They come up with creative ideas after talking with other members.
    • They investigate and fix software issues to keep performance up.
    • They test thoroughly to discover any mistakes.
    • They stay up-to-date with new technologies.

    Software developers bring something special to the table. Their focus and problem-solving skills help the LLM team thrive.

    For example, a complicated feature needed to be integrated. The developers broke it down into smaller parts. Through collaboration and synchronization with team members, they made it happen without any problems or delays. This shows how significant their part is in the LLM team structure.

    LLM team members are super hard to find. It’s like looking for a law degree unicorn in a pile of resumes!

    How to Find LLM Team Members

    To assemble a qualified team for building LLM-powered applications, it’s crucial to know how to find the right team members. Here are some guidelines to help you in this process:

    1. Define Your Requirements: Clearly outline the specific skills and qualifications you need in your LLM team members. Determine the expertise level required for roles such as developers, data scientists, and NLP specialists.
    2. Tap Into Professional Networks: Leverage professional platforms like LinkedIn to search for potential team members with relevant experience in LLM technologies. Connect with individuals who have a strong background in machine learning, natural language processing, and software development.
    3. Attend Industry Events: Participate in conferences, seminars, and meetups focused on machine learning and NLP. These events provide opportunities to network with like-minded professionals who can potentially join your LLM team.
    4. Collaborate with Universities: Engage with academic institutions that offer programs in machine learning and NLP. Connect with professors, researchers, and students who are passionate about these fields and may be interested in collaborating on your LLM project.
    5. Freelance Platforms and Consultancies: Explore online platforms that specialize in connecting businesses with freelancers or consultancies. Look for professionals who have expertise in LLM technologies and can provide valuable insights and services.

    Remember, finding the right LLM team members is crucial for the success of your application. Ensure they have a thorough understanding of machine learning and natural language processing, along with relevant experience in software development and data analysis.

    Pro Tip: When interviewing potential team members, ask for specific examples of their past projects related to LLM technologies. This will help you assess their practical skills and determine if they are the right fit for your team.

    Finding the perfect team for building LLM-powered applications is like online dating, except instead of swiping left or right, you’ll be swiping through resumes and hoping for a match made in coding heaven.

    Online Job Platforms

    Online job platforms are an awesome way to find the perfect team members for your LLM project. There’s a huge selection of professionals with different backgrounds and skills, making it easier to pick the right person.

    Here’s a table of some popular online job platforms:

    Platform NameSpecializationUser Rating
    UpworkAI, Back, Front, DevOps4.6/5
    FreelancerAll fields4.7/5
    LinkedInProfessional free to Hire4.5/5
    Guru.comAll fields4.4/5

    These platforms let you search for candidates based on their qualifications, experience, and availability. You can set the requirements for your LLM project and browse through profiles to find the perfect team member. Many platforms also have ratings and reviews from past clients, so you can get an idea of their quality of work.

    When you use online job platforms, it’s essential to write detailed job descriptions. Be specific about the skills and qualifications you’re looking for, as well as project scope and deadlines. This’ll help make sure you get applications from people who are qualified and interested.

    Pro Tip: Don’t forget to check out potential team members’ profiles and portfolios before you decide. Look at their relevant experience, samples of their work, and any extra skills that might be a bonus for your LLM project. Taking the time to choose the right team members will massively increase your chances of success.

    Online job platforms are an awesome way to find talented professionals who will contribute to your LLM project. Make sure you provide accurate information in your job descriptions, examine profiles properly, and make informed decisions when selecting team members. Attending networking events and conferences is like a blind date for professionals, except instead of finding love, you’re on the hunt for a teammate who won’t steal your stapler!

    Networking Events and Conferences

    Networking events and conferences offer great possibilities for LLM team members. These meetings bring like-minded people from various backgrounds together, creating an ideal atmosphere for networking and collaboration.

    1. Attending these events provides the opportunity to have face-to-face conversations with people who have interests in LLM. Partaking in meaningful talks and sharing ideas can result in beneficial partnerships.
    2. There are often industry experts and keynote speakers at these gatherings, presenting on the most recent advancements in law and legal practice. Listening to their talks can help identify potential team members with specialized knowledge.
    3. Many networking events feature group activities or workshops that promote teamwork. By taking part in these activities, one can witness the skills and abilities of the other participants, making it easier to find compatible team members.
    4. Additionally, some events may have separate sessions or forums dedicated to those searching for LLM team members. These sessions provide a focused forum to link up with people who have the same goals.

    Moreover, going to these gatherings gives people the chance to stay up to date with the newest trends in the LLM community and build links with dependable people who may become valuable assets later on.

    In reality, there are numerous stories of successful collaborations that began at networking events and conferences. Lots of teams have formed due to unexpected meetings at these events. The supportive environment supplied by these gatherings has demonstrated its value in forming teams and camaraderie among LLM professionals.

    By actively engaging in networking events and conferences, aspiring LLM team leaders grow their chances of finding qualified teammates who can make a major contribution towards shared objectives. Joining a university program or research lab is like being in an LLM family, but with more grant applications and fewer group therapy sessions.

    University Programs and Research Labs

    These universities and research labs have a legacy of producing talented graduates. Partnering with them gives access to top-notch talent and stimulates innovation.

    When searching for team members, consider the unique offerings of each institution. For instance, Stanford University in California is a leader in Artificial Intelligence, making it ideal for AI LLM projects. Moreover, MIT’s robotics program can provide valuable insights for automation or human-robot interaction projects.

    When approaching university programs and research labs, explain the objectives and necessities of the LLM project to draw individuals whose interests are compatible with the goals. This will raise the chances of finding team members passionate about the project and devoted to its success.

    Finding the perfect LLM team is like constructing a sandwich – you need the right ingredients, but nobody wants to get a soggy bottom.

    Evaluating and Interviewing LLM Team Candidates

    Evaluating and Interviewing Candidates for Your LLM Team

    To evaluate and interview potential candidates for your LLM team, consider the following aspects:

    CriteriaDescription
    ExperienceEvaluate candidates based on their relevant experience
    SkillsetAssess candidates’ skills in LLM and related technologies
    EducationConsider candidates’ educational background
    CommunicationEvaluate candidates’ communication and teamwork skills
    Table: Evaluating and Interviewing LLM Team Candidates

    It is essential to thoroughly consider each candidate’s experience, skillset, education, and communication for your LLM team. These factors will determine their ability to contribute effectively.

    For instance, a true story of evaluating LLM team candidates involves assessing a candidate who lacked experience but had exceptional educational qualifications. Through thorough evaluation and further discussions, it was evident that the candidate’s knowledge compensated for the lack of practical experience, making them a valuable addition to the team.

    Remember to carefully evaluate and interview candidates to build a strong LLM team for your application development.

    Looking for the perfect team to build your LLM-powered application? Reviewing resumes and portfolios is like trying to find a unicorn in a sea of donkeys.

    Reviewing Resumes and Portfolios

    Evaluating resumes and portfolios is essential when recruiting LLM team candidates. Here are six points to keep in mind when doing so:

    • Check the overall layout and design of the resume. This reflects professionalism and attention to detail.
    • Examine the content of the resume, focusing on relevant experiences, academic achievements, internships, publications, and other pertinent information that highlights the candidate’s capabilities.
    • Observe the clarity of language used in both resumes and portfolios. Candidates who can effectively communicate their skills and experiences stand out.
    • Search for signs of problem-solving ability, leadership skills, critical thinking, and other competencies required for success in the field. Resumes should show how candidates have utilized their skills.

    An interesting anecdote regarding evaluating resumes and portfolios is the story of one LLM team candidate. His resume wasn’t particularly impressive, yet during his interview he gave an amazing presentation of his portfolio, displaying numerous successful legal cases. This outstanding portfolio presentation was enough to get him recruited for the firm.

    In the hiring process, technical interviews help to identify the tech wizards from the wizards of Oz.

    Conducting Technical Interviews

    Create a table with relevant columns to make the evaluation process easier.

    CategoryEvaluation Criteria
    Technical KnowledgeDepth of knowledge in relevant subject areas
    Problem-solving AbilitiesAnalytical thinking and logical reasoning skills
    Communication SkillsAbility to articulate ideas clearly and concisely
    Relevant ExperiencePrevious projects or work experience demonstrating expertise

    Besides assessing technical knowledge, gauge the candidate’s teamwork and communication skills. Ask questions to evaluate how they handle conflicts and challenges in a group setting. This will show you how they interact with others and if they can contribute positively to your team.

    Pro Tip: Include practical exercises or coding challenges during the interview process. This will show how they can apply their knowledge in real-time. Who needs teamwork and communication skills when you can just send passive-aggressive emails all day?

    Assessing Teamwork and Communication Skills

    Evaluating teamwork and communication skills in LLM team candidates requires considering several key elements. These include their capacity to collaborate, communicate, and adapt. Moreover, they must actively listen, articulate thoughts and ideas concisely, and give constructive feedback.

    The table below highlights the specific aspects used for assessing teamwork and communication skills:

    Key AspectDescription
    CollaborationWorking with others towards a common goal
    CommunicationConveying ideas effectively and listening attentively
    AdaptabilityAdjusting to new situations and team dynamics
    Active ListeningFully comprehending and engaging with perspectives
    Concise ExpressionArticulating thoughts and ideas clearly and succinctly
    Constructive FeedbackProviding feedback helpfully and encouragingly

    Observe how candidates handle conflicts within a team. Assessing their problem-solving abilities and whether they foster a positive work environment can provide insights into their overall teamwork capabilities.

    Effective teamwork needs open-mindedness, empathy, strong interpersonal skills, and respect for diverse viewpoints. Candidates exhibiting these attributes are more likely to contribute positively to the team dynamics.

    Harvard Business Review states that communication is key for successful collaboration within teams. A Wharton School study found that teams with strong communication outperformed those with weak communication by 50%. Assembling an ideal LLM team is like putting together a puzzle – except the pieces are all lawyers and none of them fit together.

    Building and Managing an Effective LLM Team

    An effective LLM team is essential for successful project implementation. Here are three key points to consider:

    1. Assembling the right individuals: Select team members with strong expertise in language modeling, experienced developers, and subject matter experts to ensure a diverse skill set.
    2. Establishing clear roles and responsibilities: Define each team member’s role and responsibilities to enable efficient collaboration and avoid duplication of effort.
    3. Promoting effective communication: Foster a culture of open communication, where team members can freely share ideas, provide feedback, and address challenges in a constructive manner.

    A noteworthy example of a high-performance LLM team is the one behind the development of GPT-3/4. This team of skilled researchers and engineers combined their expertise in machine learning and natural language processing to create a groundbreaking language model that has revolutionized various applications across industries. Their dedication, creativity, and relentless pursuit of excellence resulted in the successful deployment of GPT-3/4 and its subsequent impact on the field of language modeling.

    Building a successful App with LLM is like conducting a symphony – you need a team that plays their instruments perfectly, even when the sheet music is written in binary.

    Establishing Clear Roles and Responsibilities

    Define each team member’s role, including their duties and tasks. This eliminates confusion and everyone knows what is expected of them. Match individuals with tasks that align with their strengths to maximize their contribution. Establish boundaries to minimize overlap and create a transparent communication system. Review roles and responsibilities regularly for adjustments.

    Foster a culture of collaboration. Encourage open dialogue, mutual support and shared decision-making. Provide training to develop skills relevant to roles, cross-train for flexibility, recognize performance and evaluate the roles. Encourage open communication for sharing concerns, ideas and suggestions.

    By following this, you create a solid foundation for success. Team members are empowered and contribute to project goals. With a well-defined structure, the LLM team can face challenges while creating a cohesive and productive working environment. Who needs telepathy when you have such a team? They know your thoughts before you do!

    Promoting Collaboration and Communication

    For improved collaboration and communication within the LLM team, it’s key to give regular feedback. Doing so helps locate areas needing improvement and reinforces the team’s effectiveness. Open dialogue also cultivates trust among team members, increasing productivity and quality.

    Pro Tip: Whenever feasible, motivate face-to-face discussions. These promote comprehension and stronger ties between teammates.

    Enable your LLM team to grow and they’ll bloom like a garden of legal wizards, no weeding needed! Set up regular team conferences to encourage connection and keep everyone updated on progress. Encourage active listening within the team, where all have a chance to express opinions and ideas. Share relevant data openly to promote transparency, guaranteeing that each member is properly informed. Utilize collaboration tools like project management software or shared documents to support teamwork. Generate chances for team members to collaborate on projects/tasks, allowing them to use their exclusive skills and knowledge.

    Providing Ongoing Learning and Development Opportunities

    Continuous growth is key to an effective LLM team. Here’s how to make it happen:

    • Establish a learning culture: Promote improvement and openness to new ideas and feedback.
    • Invest in training: Invest in workshops, seminars and online courses to expand skills and knowledge.
    • Challenge your team: Give team members projects to acquire new competencies through hands-on experience.

    Go one step further! Mentorship, peer learning and cross-functional collaborations can promote collaboration and knowledge sharing.

    Give your team regular praise, recognition and incentives to boost morale and create excitement about taking advantage of learning opportunities.

    It’s essential to stay updated with the latest industry trends. Offer ongoing learning to empower your team to stay ahead. This will enable personal growth while nurturing talent that thrives in today’s world.

    Don’t miss out! Unlock your team’s potential by embracing lifelong learning and achieve greater heights.

    Conclusion

    Assemble a team for LLM-powered apps with confidence! Look for data scientists who specialize in ML. They should have a background in statistics and programming languages like Python or R. Then, find software engineers to turn the models into functional apps. They should know coding languages like Java or C++ and have experience developing software systems. Domain experts are also key. They possess industry-specific knowledge and know how to tailor LLM-powered apps to business needs. Finally, don’t forget project management. A skilled project manager is required to oversee timelines, allocate resources, and communicate across teams. With the combined expertise of these four team members, you can create powerful applications that leverage AI technologies.

    Frequently Asked Questions

    Q: What is an LLM-powered application?

    A: An LLM-powered application refers to an application that utilizes Language Model Markup (LLM), which is a technique for adding semantic meaning to natural language text. LLM allows for more advanced language processing and understanding in applications.

    Q: What kind of team is needed to build LLM-powered applications?

    A: Building LLM-powered applications requires a skilled team of professionals with expertise in natural language processing (NLP), machine learning, software development, and data science. The team should also include linguists and domain experts to ensure accurate and relevant application outputs.

    Q: How can I find the right team for building LLM-powered applications?

    A: To find the right team, you can start by networking within the NLP and AI communities. Attend conferences, join online forums, and reach out to professionals with experience in LLM and related fields. You can also collaborate with specialized software development agencies that have a proven track record in building such applications.

    Q: What skills should I look for in a team for building LLM-powered applications?

    A: Look for team members who have expertise in NLP techniques, such as text classification, sentiment analysis, and entity recognition. They should also be proficient in machine learning algorithms and frameworks, as well as have experience in software development using languages like Python or Java. Knowledge in linguistics and domain-specific fields relevant to your application is also valuable.

    Q: How long does it take to build an LLM-powered application?

    A: The development timeline for an LLM-powered application can vary depending on the complexity of the project and the availability of data. It typically involves several stages, including data collection and preprocessing, LLM model training, and application development. A rough estimate would be several months to a year, depending on the scope and resources allocated.

    Q: What are some examples of LLM-powered applications?

    A: LLM-powered applications have a wide range of use cases. Some examples include chatbots for customer support, virtual personal assistants like Siri or Alexa, automated content generation, language translation tools, and sentiment analysis tools for social media monitoring.

    Hottest Twitch Streamers

    Streaming on Twitch has become a popular platform for gamers and content creators alike. In this article, we will explore some of the hottest female Twitch streamers who are making waves in the gaming community with their charisma, skills, and engaging content. Whether you’re into competitive gaming, casual playthroughs, or just looking for some entertainment, these talented women have carved out their spaces in the world of live streaming.

    Popular Games Among Female Streamers:

    • Fortnite
    • League of Legends
    • Overwatch
    • Valorant
    • WoW

    1. STPeach

    Twitch.tv/stpeach 1.1M followers

    Also known as Lisa Vannatta, She is a Canadian streamer, gamer and model in her 20’s. Other than her streaming, she also seems to be a big hit on Instagram with more than 1 million and 700 thousand followers who love to see her day to day life, her relationship updates with her husband and basically anything she posts because she is that pretty.

    Lisa also has a YouTube channel by the name ”STPeach” where she posts about her relationship and her workout routines.

    2. Jaycgee

    Twitch.tv/jaycgee 139K followers

    Joelle Grieco is a 28 year old American streamer with over 95,000 followers on Twitch. Her niche is more about fashion and lifestyle than gaming (which she occasionally does), her esthetic live streams and of course being hot has granted her fame on all the apps she ever uses.

    The former professional model is also said to be the cousin of the actor Richard Grieco who played Detective Dennis is the famous 1987 TV show 21 Jump Street.

    3. ItsSky

    Twitch.tv/itssky 247K followers

    Real name Aiste, which translates to sky, the 25 year old Lithuanian streamer has gained over 193,300 followers on Twitch and more than 400 streamed hours. She said that was interested in gaming ever since she was a child and watched hours of YouTube videos about her favorite video games.

    When she was a teen, she started uploading gaming video to her own YouTube channel. But Twitch sure has done her better, with estimated revenue of 8000 dollars per month from subscriptions alone.

    4. WaterLynn

    Twitch.tv/waterlynn 168K followers

    Water Lynn (real name) is a 25 year old streamer from the US. Water is all about showcasing her life style, she talks about fashion in her streams as well as beauty and travel.

    Her Instagram has no shortage of followers since she has 178,000 followers. Her American/Asian appearance and her beautiful face and body have granted her the chance to be sponsored by various brands around the world.

    5. Nikkibreanne

    Twitch.tv/nikkibreanne

    Nikki Breanne Wells is a streamer born in Dallas, she was and still is a true athlete, played Tennis, Golf, national level gymnastics and cheerleading. She started her career as a model then switched to the show business.

    She began her acting journey in the TV hit How I Met Your Mother. She has recently played a supporting role in a movie called Vice alongside Bruce Willis and Amber Childers.

    6. KandyLand

    Twitch.tv/kandyland

    Also known as Emma Carlsson. Emma is from Pieta, Sweden and is 29 years old.

    4 years ago Emma has kicked off her Twitch career with playing games like War of Warcraft and League of Legends, and she has always voiced her opinions about how men mainly dominate the gaming community on Twitch and how she wants to change that fact.

    7. KayPea

    Twitch.tv/kaypea 798K followers

    Kellsie Pelling, another Canadian streamer to make it on the hottest Twitch streamers list, has build her herself up since 2013. Kellsie in one of the most skilled League of Legends players out there, since she had an early start in 2013 to her career, she has learned to perfect her craft more and more.

    But skill is not the only thing she had an early start on, she also a huge fanbase of 798K followers on Twitch.

    8. Amouranth

    Twitch.tv/amouranth 6.3M followers

    Kaitlyn “Amouranth” Siragusa, one of Twitch’s highest-profile streamers, has begun streaming on Twitch rival Kick after inking a $100 million, non-exclusive deal with the platform.

    She began her channel in 2016, and when you look like Amouranth, you instantly gain popularity, her style of streaming is more about cosplaying famous characters, ASMR and mostly in life or vlog style life streams.

    She has gotten herself in a lot of drama when in 2019, as she was having an ASMR stream, her skirt rode up “accidentally” revealing herself to everyone watching, this of course did not pass the Twitch rules so she got banned.

    9. CinCinBear

    Twitch.tv/cincinbear 460K followers

    Popular Twitch streamer CinCinBear aka Alicea is a 29 year old streamer from the US. She is mainly a gaming streamer. In 2019 she got banned from Twitch because she wore a sports bra which did not sit well with Twitch terms of service.

    This was not the first time she was warned or banned altogether from Twitch for her clothing choices.

    10. Taymoo

    Twitch.tv/taymoo

    Taymoo is also a gaming streamer who is known for her World Of Warcraft streams as well as other games like Counter Strike: Global Offensive.

    With more than 118,000 followers on Twitch, Taylor Napoleon has net worth of over 300,000 dollars earned through years of successful streaming.

    11. Lilchiipmunk

    https://www.twitch.tv/lilchipmunk

    27 year old Caroline is another League Of Legends female streamer.

    Although her clothing choices are questionable and barely make it to the Twitch Terms of Service, her fun streams and of course hot appearance have granted her hundreds of thousands of followers, raising her net worth to 200,000 dollars and catching the eye of sponsorships seekers.

    12. Melina

    Twitch.tv/melina 345K followers

    Melina Goransson is a Swedish 24 year old social media personality; her channel is mostly about chatting and sharing her experiences about life and relationships.

    Her ease of communication and good personality as well as her looks (of course) has added hundreds of thousand followers to her channel. If Twitch wasn’t enough for you, you can also find her on Instagram with more than 94,000 followers.

    13. Djarii

    Twitch.tv/djarii 345K followers

    Sophia White is a 26 year old British streamer who is well known for her body art and overall artistic esthetic which makes sense as she has a BTECH degree in Art and Design from South Downs College is Portsmouth.

    Her channel revolves around games as well just as World of Warcraft. Sophia is known to be the girlfriend of SCO, the founder of the Method organization as well as being a member in it. This organization is one of the biggest Esports organization with teams, World of Warcraft guides, videos, streams and news.

    14. Meowko

    Twitch.tv/meowko 376K followers

    The channel has 175,749 hours+ and 403 hours+ streamed hours. The Japansese streamer shares all kinds of content, mainly about travelling around the world.

    In addition to travelling, she shares her day to day events like cooking or bowling. Her recent bit of tea is when she was in Amsterdam and she was banned from streaming or filming in the red-light district, which she did not know was illegal in Amsterdam.

    15. DizzyKitten

    Twitch.tv/dizzykitten 703K followers

    Brandi is an American 28 year old streamer from Arkansas. Her channel is known for her Counter Strike: Global Offensive gameplays which have caught the attention of viewers and granted her half a million followers.

    The streamer doesn’t seem to share a lot about her day to day life on Twitch, but her outgoing personality and likability have gotten her to the net worth of 600,000 dollars and partnership with the website.

    16. DeerNadia

    Twitch.tv/deernadia

    Nadia is a 29 years old American streamer and Youtuber who is half Italian and half Venezuelan. She’s another League of Legends and Hearthstone: Heroes of Warcraft player on Twitch with popular gameplays.

    After a while of streaming Hearthstone, she started to diversify her channel with more day to day content and she also has the weekly habit of movie night streams. Later on she went to play other games like Teamfight Tactics and The Bunker.

    17. Alinity

    Twitch.tv/alinity

    Natalia Mogollon is a 32 year old streamer from Colombia. Despite her attempts at making her channel about gaming (she even joined Esports), Alinity is known for other kinds of content. She got banned multiple times for wardrobe malfunctions; she got her most recent ban after she “accidentally” showed her nipple on live stream.

    That kind on racy content is not at all new to her since her career is based on dancing around Twitch’s nudity rules. Which explains why she’s on our list of Twitch streamers who have OnlyFans.

    She gained a lot of negative traction after viewers saw her abusive behaviors towards her cat and after she admitted on live stream her intentions of copywriting the famous youtuber “pewdiepie” and had a heated argument with Ninja. Both of the influencers’ fanbases did not like it one bit.

    18. InvaderVie

    Twitch.tv/invadervie

    The 30 year old Canadian streamer has never said her real name. She comes from Portuguese and Ukrainian descends. You can’t really pin down her content or what it is, but it seems like she spends most of streaming time either playing video games, singing or playing her Ukulele.

    Although Thighranosaurus Rex was famous on Twitch, she has never been mentioned outside the streaming community until one of her streams went viral in mid 2020.

    The streamer talked about how she has no regard to the current pandemic that is happening and is seen calling a viewer lazy because they don’t want to donate his/her hard earned money on her.

    The aftermath was not in her favor since she has been called the most entitled streamer of all time. Sadly, InvaderVie will always be the one who wanted people to give her their money during an epidemic.

    19. ImJasmine

    Twitch.tv/imjasmine

    Jasmine is a Vietnamese streamer and Youtuber with more than 90,000 followers. Her content is based on travelling and IRL streaming (in real life). Sadly, with IRL streams, you never know what you are getting into; recently in her Japan stream a man was seen harassing her.

    The perverted man was visibly seen in the shot hovering around her and went on to grope her. She has explained the details from her point of view on her Twitter.

    This wasn’t the first time she was subjected to harassment, as she previously have streamed after a horrifying event where she saw a man following her to her apartment complex and he rushed to go into the elevator with her, luckily she managed to close the elevator door and reach her apartment safely.

    20. ChloeLock

    Twitch.tv/chloelock

    Chloe Lockley Middleton is a British streamer and model. She got her first kick start after she appeared as a finalist on the eleventh season of Britain’s Next Top Model.

    After the season ended she headed to Twitch to stream while playing her favorite game Counter Strike: Global Offensive which got the viewers to like her even more because they felt like she wasn’t only about her looks, she actually is likable and smart.

    At the age of 22, Chloe has the net worth of 1 million dollars and her wealth is growing by the day with sponsorships and traction.

    21. Valkyrae

    Twitch.tv/valkyrae/

    While not technically a Twitch streamer anymore now that she streams on YouTube, Valkyrae (aka Rachell Hofstetter) has rightfully earned her spot on the list.

    Valkyrae – part Filipino & German – was the first female content creator for the esports team, 100 thieves, and now more recently was announced as one of the co-owners amongst other popular ex-Twitch streamer, now YouTuber, CouRageJD.

    22. Pokimane

    Twitch.tv/pokimane

    As one of the most popular streamers Twitch, you’re already well familiar with streaming powerhouse, Pokimane.

    Pokimane (aka Imane Anys) is a Moroccan-Canadian with plenty of achievements since her streaming career started back in 2013, including Shorty’s Best Twitch Streamer of the Year, and a featured honoree in Forbes 30 under 30 under the games category.

    23. TinaKitten

    Twitch.tv/tinakitten

    Recently surpassing 750,000 followers on Twitch, TinaKitten is a South Korean streamer who streams a variety of games as well as art.

    For the most part Tina stays under the radar as far as consistent content creation goes.

    24. Sydeon

    Twitch.tv/sydeon

    Sydeon aka Sydney is a variety streamer who started at the beginning of 2019 and has reached over 250,000 followers.

    She is half black (West African descent) and half white (Swedish) with a degree in nursing, and loves anything sci-fi related.

    The 24 year old streamer is a self-proclaimed chatterbox who also puts together some great cosplays which can be found on her Instagram.

    Virtual DJ for Hire

    Hiring a virtual DJ for your event can take the entertainment experience to the next level. Whether you’re hosting a corporate party, wedding reception, or private celebration, having a skilled virtual DJ on board ensures that your guests are treated to an unforgettable musical journey tailored to your event’s unique vibe and energy.

    Benefits of Hiring a Virtual DJ

    1. Versatility: Virtual DJs can easily switch between music genres, catering to diverse audience preferences.
    2. Cost-effective: Hiring a virtual DJ is usually more budget-friendly than booking a traditional DJ due to reduced equipment and setup costs.
    3. Extensive Music Library: Virtual DJs have access to vast digital music libraries, ensuring an extensive selection for any event.
    4. Interactive Experience: With visuals and effects that sync with the music, virtual DJs provide a more engaging and interactive experience for guests.
    5. Remote Accessibility: Virtual DJs can perform from anywhere in the world, offering flexibility in bookings and eliminating travel expenses.

    By leveraging technology advancements, hiring a virtual DJ for your event brings numerous advantages that enhance the overall entertainment experience while being friendly on your budget.

    Choosing the Right Virtual DJ for Your Event

    • Define Your Event Needs
      • Determine the type of event you are hosting.
      • Identify the music genres preferred by your audience.
    • Research Potential Virtual DJsCriteriaDescriptionExperienceCheck their experience in virtual events.Reviews and RatingsLook for positive feedback from clients.
    • Communication is Key
      1. Reach out to potential DJs via email or phone.
      2. Discuss your event details, music preferences, and any specific requests.
    • Ask for Samples
      • Request sample mixes or recordings to gauge their style and skill level.
    • Contract Details
      1. Review the contract thoroughly before signing.
        • Ensure it includes services offered, payment terms, and cancellation policies.
    • Technical Requirements
      • Confirm that the DJ has the necessary equipment for a virtual performance.

    Remember, choosing the right virtual DJ can significantly impact the success of your event!

    Virtual DJ Equipment and Setup

    • Laptop or Computer: The core of the setup, where the DJ software runs.
    • DJ Controller: A physical device that allows hands-on control of the music.
    • Headphones: Essential for cueing up tracks and monitoring audio quality.
    • Speakers and Amplifiers: To ensure your audience can hear the music clearly.
    • Microphone: For announcements, MC duties, or interacting with guests.

    A virtual DJ can engage with the audience in real-time through chat features.

    How to find a Virtual DJ for Event

    1. Use Event Planning Platforms: Websites like The Bash offer directories of DJs who provide virtual services. You can browse through their profiles, which include reviews, to find one that suits your event’s needs.
    2. doodeo.com: This specific DJ specializes in turning virtual parties into memorable experiences with hour-long sets designed to keep guests entertained and engaged. It’s an example of individual DJs marketing their virtual event services directly through their websites.
    3. Social Media and DJ Forums: Many DJs advertise their services on platforms like Instagram, Facebook, and LinkedIn. Additionally, DJ forums can be a good place to ask for recommendations.
    4. Virtual Event Service Providers: Some companies specialize in virtual events and may offer DJ services as part of their packages. These providers can help coordinate the technical aspects of having a DJ perform remotely for your event.
    5. Ask for Demos and Previous Event Recordings: Once you have a list of potential DJs, ask for demos or recordings of previous events to get a sense of their style and how they engage with virtual audiences.

    Conclusion

    Hiring a virtual DJ for your event can elevate the overall experience for you and your guests. With their expertise in curating playlists and creating seamless transitions, virtual DJs bring a unique energy that keeps the party going. Consider booking a virtual DJ to add that extra touch of excitement to your next special occasion.

    Iceberg Model of Culture: A Guide to Visible and Invisible Cultural Aspects

    Just as an iceberg mainly lies below the surface, the most substantial parts of culture are not immediately visible. Let’s dive into the Iceberg Model of Culture to better understand this concept.

    The Iceberg Model of Culture is a widely used analogy. This model is comparable to an iceberg which is divided into two sections – the visible part (cultural elements we consciously recognize) and the substantially larger invisible part (cultural aspects that remain hidden or unconscious to us). 

    Thus, we can say culture involves both aspects that are readily apparent (elements of culture we are familiar with) and those that are more elusive, being things we sense, guess at, or infer (parts of the culture we are less alert to). 

    Just as with an iceberg, the observable parts of a culture only represent a tiny fraction, the rest lies beneath the surface. A more comprehensive understanding of culture is only achievable when we delve deeper, exploring those elements below the surface layer. 

    Furthermore, this iceberg or onion analogy is of paramount importance when looking at behaviors, beliefs, values, norms, and cognitive patterns in a cultural context.

    Iceberg Model of Culture

    Source: ResearchGate

    The “Iceberg Model of Culture“, introduced by Edward T. Hall in 1976, is a metaphor that likens the characteristics of an organizational culture to that of an iceberg floating in the frosty waters of the Arctic. 

    Much like an iceberg where a mere 10% is visible above the waters, the majority of it lies beneath the surface. This phenomenon is often referred to as the “iceberg effect.” 

    Similarly, in an organization, the actual visibility of its culture is indeed minor compared to its substantial magnitude and significance. 

    Going beyond the “surface culture,” the core of a powerful culture is often rooted in the organization’s values and beliefs. This foundational culture, known as “deeper culture,” usually remains unseen to the external observer. 

    But remember, the essence of culture surpasses the bounds of just workplace attire or mannerisms; it extensively encompasses individual beliefs and the way people engage with one another.

    Why Iceberg, not Something Else?

    Only a small portion of an iceberg’s bulk surfaces above the waterline. 

    Similarly, when it comes to cultural elements like clothing, appearance, language, manners, greeting rituals, and forms of art and music, we only discern a minor part of an individual’s culture on initial contact. 

    Nevertheless, such impressions serve as just the tip of the iceberg, highlighting a small segment of the person’s entire cultural identity. Just like a physical iceberg, a cultural iceberg has significant attributes dwelling beneath the obvious surface. 

    Defining Core Values

    The metaphor of a cultural iceberg emphasizes numerous essential facets concealed below the ostensible layer. These hidden elements include personal thoughts, preferences, and priorities, culminating in the individual’s attitudes and values. 

    These fundamental values of a culture encapsulate the general consensus on what is deemed morally right and wrong. It also covers the behavioral norms which are regarded as appropriate and inappropriate within the community. 

    Key values like honesty, respect, and integrity are imparted to both young and old in the society. However, the way these values are expressed or interpreted can significantly vary depending on different circumstances.

    Interpreting Core Values

    Understanding the depth of your core values could be more complex than it appears at surface level. 

    These values are extrapolated from observable day-to-day behaviors; the kind of language people use, the tone they adopt while speaking, the laws that they abide by, and how they interact with others all help to clarify their underlying values. 

    Observations made in different settings such as the workplace, can shed light on these core standards. 

    Modifying Core Values

    Many of us embed our core values during our early years, but it’s also true that these values can alter over time. 

    Exposure to new experiences or shifts in cultural norms can lead to a change in deep-seated values. 

    Yet, be aware that these changes to foundational beliefs are not always an easy or swift process. The outward perception of a culture can be based on several traditional values. 

    If a person is part of a cultural group, their values are often influenced by traditions handed down over generations. 

    Culturally shaped norms are influenced by a host of factors – a person’s family and educational background, media exposure, enacted laws, and so forth. All these elements shape a person’s world view and what they hold to be of vital importance. 

    Exploring the Cultural Iceberg

    There are aspects of culture which are easily discernible to the observant eye. 

    However, gaining a nuanced understanding of entrenched beliefs requires additional exploration. This might involve studying the cultural influences that shape values, reflecting on one’s own values, or inquiring about the values of others. 

    Staying open to the fact that individuals might hold different values is an integral part of this process.

    Examples of the Iceberg Model of Culture

    Cultures within organizations comprise both perceptible and concealed components. 

    It is common for the public to be cognizant of a company’s mission and activities. However, akin to an iceberg, organizations are driven by unseen behaviors. Therefore, leaders need to venture beyond surface-level issues like rampant employee turnover or inadequate employee engagement. 

    Aspects like employee resistance to change, or incongruity between a company’s culture and its strategy, warrant more extensive scrutiny. 

    Observable Elements

    In employing the Iceberg Model, start by examining observable cultural practices or events. 

    For instance, when an individual from one culture ventures into another, differences in attire, cuisine, living habits, and greetings can induce cultural shock. These cultural variances can provide a deeper understanding of people and their behavior. 

    Ideas and Mindsets

    The fact is, we all harbor some self-perceptions that we know are misaligned with the truth. Regardless of whether these notions pertain to ourselves or to the larger world, they can induce feelings of stress, anxiety, or frustration. 

    Patterns and Habits of Employees

    According to the Iceberg Model of Culture, individuals tend to behave in certain predictable ways. Being able to discern these patterns can smooth collaborative efforts or facilitate necessary changes. 

    Consider a scenario where an organization’s employees are regularly late, leaving the team leader puzzled. A deeper examination revealed a recurring cause: daily late-night meetings, often exceeding the stipulated duration, resulted in tardiness the following morning. 

    By identifying the pattern, the team leader was able to address the issue, adjusting the meeting schedule to an earlier slot in the morning, thus enabling employees to leave work on time.

    Culture Mirroring the Iceberg Theory

    Ever wondered why culture is likened to an iceberg? Could it be our innate curiosity towards different cultures? 

    • Or perhaps culture, at times, seems like it’s submerged in an overwhelming ocean of human emotions? Does it stem from the perceived downfall of cultural values, like the sinking of the Titanic?
    • Not at all! The comparison arises from their shared characteristic of visibility. Just like icebergs, which are famously massive yet revealing only 10% of their bulk above water, the same can be said about culture. Approximately 90% of it stays unseen, lurking beneath.
    • There’s more commonality here than you might think. When trying to understand culture, you’ll find that you can initially perceive around 10% of it. However, to truly get the big picture, you need to explore deeper. This concept was formulated in the 1970s by Anthropologist Edward T. Hall, who contributed significantly to our contemporary understanding of culture. Hall’s paradigm has profoundly widened our comprehension of human society.

    Contrast Between Visible & Invisible Aspects of the Cultural Iceberg

    You can think of your initial interaction with a new culture, whether attained via travel or through other experiences, as you spotting the tip of the cultural iceberg. This is what the top ten percent represents. 

    • You visually access culture via food, language, music, traditional games and celebrations, and artworks. They’re like the tip of the iceberg, above water for everyone to see.
    • These details matter significantly. They shape the way cultures unify and communicate. They are, however, susceptible to shifts over time. From culinary recipes to artistic expressions to games, elements of culture can and do evolve.
    • Just as language adapts over time, so does the visible ten percent of cultural elements. Even though they could pose less of an emotional burden compared to other parts of culture, these components still matter deeply to people. Their amendments, however, won’t necessarily spark drastic shifts in the overall culture or subsequently people’s perceptions of their identities.

    Unseen Parts of Culture

    Then we have the invisible or unseen aspects of culture, the elements beneath the water’s surface, like an iceberg. These might include non-verbal communication, our collective expression and management of emotions, and our shared perception of personal space, beauty, and basic etiquette. 

    To an outsider, these facets could be hard to identify or understand as they’re not clearly visible or stated. They also carry a heavier emotional weight. When these values experience changes, people may feel like their cultural identity is at risk.

    Sources

    • Coscia M, Arriaga CG. The cultural iceberg. Argentinian Journal of Applied Linguistics-ISSN 2314-3576. 2015;3(2):91-103.
    • Schuppli C, Van Schaik CP. Animal cultures: how we’ve only seen the tip of the iceberg. Evolutionary Human Sciences. 2019 Jan;1:e2.
    • Sasu A. The cultural iceberg and other cultural models. Buletinul Științific al Universității Tehnice de Construcții București Seria: Limbi Străine și Comunicare. 2016;9(2):79-87.

    Employer of Record Pricing

    This article will provide a comprehensive understanding of EOR services and delve into the crucial aspect of understanding the cost associated with EOR.

    Overview of Employer of Record (EOR) services

    Before diving into the intricacies of EOR cost, it is essential to grasp the concept of EOR services. An Employer of Record is an organization that takes on the legal responsibility of employing workers on behalf of another company. This arrangement allows businesses to leverage the expertise of an EOR to handle critical HR responsibilities such as payroll management, benefits administration, and compliance with local labor laws.

    The employer of record model has become increasingly popular due to its ability to provide businesses with a flexible workforce solution. By partnering with an EOR, companies can tap into a global talent pool without the need for establishing legal entities or navigating complex employment regulations in foreign jurisdictions. This grants businesses the freedom to focus on their core competencies while leaving the complexities of employment administration to the experts.

    Importance of understanding the cost associated with EOR

    While the benefits of EOR services are undeniable, it is crucial for CEOs and CTOs to have a comprehensive understanding of the cost implications. By comprehending the employer of record cost, business leaders can make informed decisions that align with their financial goals and long-term strategies.

    Understanding the cost associated with EOR services allows CEOs and CTOs to evaluate the financial feasibility of leveraging this model for their workforce needs. It enables them to assess the return on investment and weigh the benefits against the expenses incurred. Moreover, a deeper understanding of the cost components empowers businesses to identify potential areas for optimization and cost-saving measures.

    In the following sections, we will break down the EOR cost components and explore the factors that influence the cost. We will also highlight the numerous benefits that EOR services offer, ensuring that CEOs and CTOs have a holistic view of the value proposition. Finally, we will provide tips for managing EOR costs effectively, enabling businesses to maximize the advantages of this innovative employment solution.

    What is Employer of Record Cost/Fees?

    When considering the implementation of an Employer of Record (EOR) service, understanding the associated costs is crucial for CEOs and CTOs alike. Employer of Record cost refers to the fees and expenses incurred when engaging an EOR to handle various aspects of employment, such as payroll, HR, and compliance. By delving into the breakdown of EOR cost components and the factors that influence these costs, business leaders can make informed decisions about their outsourcing strategies.

    Breakdown of EOR Cost Components

    To comprehend the components of EOR cost, it is essential to examine the various elements that contribute to the overall expense. These components typically include:

    1. Payroll Processing: This encompasses the management of employee wages, taxes, and benefits. EORs ensure accurate and timely payroll processing, relieving businesses of this administrative burden.
    2. Compliance and Legal Support: As part of their services, EORs provide expertise in employment law and regulations. This includes ensuring compliance with local labor laws, tax requirements, and reporting obligations.
    3. HR Administration: EORs handle HR functions such as onboarding, managing employee records, and administering benefits. This streamlines HR processes and ensures efficient workforce management.
    4. Risk Mitigation: EORs assume responsibility for mitigating employment-related risks, such as worker misclassification or non-compliance. By partnering with an EOR, businesses can minimize legal and financial liabilities.

    Factors that Influence EOR Cost

    Several factors influence the cost of engaging an Employer of Record. These factors can vary depending on the EOR service provider and the specific needs of the business. Some key factors to consider include:

    1. Location: The location of the workforce can affect the EOR cost. Different regions have varying labor laws, tax requirements, and regulatory complexities. Operating in multiple jurisdictions may incur additional expenses.
    2. Number of Employees: The size of the workforce directly impacts the cost of EOR services. Managing a larger number of employees requires more extensive HR and payroll support, resulting in higher costs.
    3. Industry and Skill Levels: The industry in which a business operates and the skill levels of its employees can influence EOR costs. Industries with higher regulatory requirements or specialized skill sets may have higher fees associated with compliance and HR administration.
    4. Additional Services: Some EORs offer additional services beyond the core EOR functions. These services, such as talent acquisition or employee training, may come at an extra cost. Assessing the necessity of these additional services is crucial in determining the overall EOR cost.

    Understanding the breakdown of EOR cost components and the factors that influence these costs is essential for CEOs and CTOs when considering the adoption of an EOR service. By gaining insight into the specific expenses and factors that drive these costs, businesses can make informed decisions and optimize their outsourcing strategies.

    Continue reading to discover the benefits of Employer of Record services and how to calculate and manage EOR costs effectively.

    Benefits of Employer of Record Services

    When it comes to managing a business, there are numerous challenges that CEO/CTOs face on a daily basis. From navigating complex legal requirements to ensuring accurate payroll processing, the administrative burden can often be overwhelming. That’s where Employer of Record (EOR) services come into play, offering a wide range of benefits to help alleviate these challenges and streamline operations.

    Risk Mitigation

    One of the key advantages of utilizing an Employer of Record is the ability to mitigate risk. By partnering with an experienced EOR provider, businesses can transfer certain legal and compliance responsibilities to the EOR, reducing the potential for costly penalties and legal disputes. With the ever-changing landscape of employment laws and regulations, having a dedicated team of experts to navigate these complexities provides peace of mind and allows business leaders to focus on their core competencies.

    Compliance and Legal Support

    Maintaining compliance with employment laws and regulations is crucial for any organization. Failure to do so can result in severe consequences, including fines, lawsuits, and damage to the company’s reputation. An EOR acts as a trusted advisor, providing expert guidance and support in navigating the intricacies of local, state, and federal employment laws. With their deep understanding of the legal landscape, EORs ensure that businesses remain in full compliance, minimizing the risk of legal issues and maintaining a positive employer brand.

    Streamlined Payroll and HR Processes

    Managing payroll and human resources can be time-consuming and complex, especially for companies operating in multiple jurisdictions. An EOR simplifies these processes by centralizing payroll administration, ensuring accurate and timely payments to employees, contractors, and vendors. Additionally, EORs handle essential HR functions such as employee onboarding, benefits administration, and tax withholding. By leveraging their expertise and advanced technology platforms, EORs enable businesses to streamline their operations, reduce administrative overhead, and improve overall efficiency.

    In summary, the benefits of utilizing an Employer of Record are numerous. From mitigating risk to ensuring compliance and streamlining payroll and HR processes, EORs offer invaluable support to CEOs and CTOs. By partnering with an EOR, businesses can focus on their core objectives, confident in the knowledge that their administrative needs are being expertly managed. To learn more about the advantages of Employer of Record services, check out our employer of record benefits page.

    Calculating Employer of Record Cost

    When considering the option of partnering with an Employer of Record (EOR) service, it is crucial for CEOs and CTOs to have a clear understanding of the associated costs. By accurately estimating the cost of an EOR, businesses can make informed decisions and effectively manage their budget. In this section, we will delve into the key factors that contribute to calculating the Employer of Record cost and explore different pricing models.

    Key Cost Factors to Consider

    Calculating the cost of an Employer of Record involves considering several key factors that can vary from provider to provider. These factors include, but are not limited to:

    1. Geographical Location: The location of your workforce plays a significant role in determining the cost of an EOR service. Different regions have varying labor laws, tax regulations, and benefits requirements, which can impact the overall cost.
    2. Employee Classification: The classification of your employees, such as full-time, part-time, or contractors, can influence the cost of an EOR service. Each classification comes with its own set of legal obligations and benefits, which may affect the overall expenses.
    3. Payroll Complexity: The complexity of your payroll requirements can also impact the cost. Factors such as multiple pay schedules, overtime calculations, and unique compensation structures can add complexity and potentially increase the cost of an EOR service.
    4. Employee Benefits: Providing benefits to your employees is an essential aspect of maintaining a competitive workforce. However, different benefit packages come at different costs, and these expenses need to be taken into account when calculating the overall EOR cost.
    5. Additional Services: Some EOR providers offer additional services beyond basic payroll and HR support. These services may include talent acquisition, onboarding, and employee training. While these services can add value to your business, they may also impact the overall cost of the EOR service.

    By carefully considering these key factors, businesses can obtain a more accurate estimate of the cost associated with an Employer of Record service.

    Understanding Pricing Models

    When it comes to pricing models, Employer of Record Companies typically offer a range of options to meet the diverse needs of businesses. Here are a few common pricing models to be aware of:

    1. Flat Fee: Under this model, the EOR service charges a fixed monthly or annual fee for their services. This pricing structure provides predictability and simplifies cost management, making it an attractive option for many businesses.
    2. Percentage of Payroll: In this model, the EOR service charges a percentage of the total payroll processed on behalf of the client. This pricing model ensures that the cost is directly proportional to the size and complexity of the workforce, making it a scalable option for businesses of different sizes.
    3. Customized Pricing: Some EOR providers offer customized pricing models tailored to the specific needs and requirements of the client. This approach allows for flexibility and ensures that businesses only pay for the services they truly need.

    It is important for CEO/CTOs to carefully evaluate the pricing models offered by different EOR providers and choose the one that best aligns with their business objectives and budget.

    By considering the key cost factors and understanding the various pricing models, businesses can calculate the Employer of Record cost more effectively. This knowledge empowers decision-makers to make informed choices that align with their budget and strategic goals.

    Tips for Managing Employer of Record Cost

    When it comes to managing Employer of Record (EOR) cost, there are several important tips that CEOs and CTOs should keep in mind. By following these guidelines, businesses can effectively assess their needs, negotiate contracts, and optimize costs to ensure they are getting the most value out of their EOR services.

    Assessing Your Business Needs

    Before diving into the world of EOR services, it’s crucial to assess your business needs thoroughly. This involves understanding your organization’s goals, objectives, and requirements in terms of HR and payroll management. By identifying your specific needs, you can determine the level of support and services you require from an EOR.

    Consider factors such as the size of your workforce, the complexity of your HR processes, and the level of compliance and legal support you require. By conducting a comprehensive assessment, you’ll be better equipped to find an EOR provider that aligns with your business needs and offers the necessary services to meet your requirements.

    Negotiating Contracts and Service Agreements

    Negotiating contracts and service agreements is an essential step in managing EOR costs effectively. It’s crucial to have a clear understanding of the services and pricing models offered by different EOR providers. This will enable you to compare and evaluate the options available to you.

    When negotiating, consider factors such as the scope of services, the level of support provided, and the flexibility of the contract terms. Don’t be afraid to ask questions and seek clarification on any areas of uncertainty. Negotiating favorable terms can help you optimize costs and ensure that you are only paying for the services you actually need.

    Regularly Reviewing and Optimizing Costs

    Managing EOR costs is an ongoing process that requires regular review and optimization. It’s important to periodically assess the value you are receiving from your EOR services and identify any areas where costs can be optimized.

    Review your contract periodically to ensure that it still aligns with your business needs. If your organization’s requirements have changed, consider renegotiating the contract to reflect the updated needs. Additionally, stay informed about industry trends and advancements in EOR services. This knowledge can help you identify potential cost-saving opportunities or alternative providers that offer better value for your money.

    By regularly reviewing and optimizing costs, you can ensure that your EOR services continue to provide maximum value to your organization while minimizing unnecessary expenses.

    In conclusion, effectively managing EOR costs requires a strategic approach. By assessing your business needs, negotiating contracts, and regularly reviewing and optimizing costs, you can ensure that you are making informed decisions and getting the most value out of your EOR services. Remember, EOR services offer numerous benefits such as risk mitigation, compliance support, and streamlined HR processes, so it’s worth investing the time and effort to manage the associated costs effectively.

    Conclusion

    In conclusion, understanding the cost associated with Employer of Record (EOR) services is crucial for CEOs and CTOs who want to make informed decisions for their organizations. By grasping the intricacies of EOR cost, business leaders can effectively manage their budgets and maximize the benefits of this valuable service.

    Throughout this guide, we have explored the various aspects of EOR cost, starting with a comprehensive overview of EOR services. We have delved into the important role that EOR plays in risk mitigation, compliance, and streamlining payroll and HR processes. By outsourcing these responsibilities to a trusted EOR provider, businesses can focus on their core operations and achieve greater efficiency.

    To calculate EOR cost accurately, we have highlighted the key factors that influence pricing. From local labor laws and market conditions to employee benefits and administrative fees, each component must be carefully considered to ensure a transparent and fair cost structure. Additionally, understanding the different pricing models employed by EOR providers is essential to make informed decisions for your organization.

    Managing EOR cost is an ongoing process that requires regular assessment and optimization. By continually assessing your business needs, you can align your EOR services to meet your specific requirements, ensuring you are not paying for unnecessary resources. Negotiating contracts and service agreements can also help to optimize costs, as you can tailor the agreement to fit your organization’s needs.

    Ultimately, understanding EOR cost goes beyond a mere financial exercise. It empowers CEOs and CTOs to make strategic decisions that impact their organization’s growth and success. By leveraging the benefits of EOR services, businesses can access global talent, expand their market reach, and navigate complex legal and compliance landscapes with ease.

    As you embark on your journey to leverage the advantages of EOR, remember that OutsourceIT.Today is here to guide you every step of the way. Our comprehensive employer of record services can provide the support you need, from payroll and compliance to employee benefits and legal expertise. With our reliable employer of record model, you can focus on your core business while we handle the administrative complexities.

    So, whether you are a CEO or CTO, take charge of your organization’s growth by understanding and managing your EOR costs effectively. With the right knowledge and strategic approach, you can unlock the full potential of EOR and drive your business towards greater success.

    Don’t let EOR costs be a mystery. Take control and embrace the advantages of this powerful service!

    Building a Culture of Continuous Learning: Promoting Upskilling and Reskilling Through Apps

    Whether you’re in tech, healthcare, or any field in between, it’s crystal clear that staying on top of your game means embracing the challenge to learn new skills and refine the ones you already have.

    With technology racing ahead at breakneck speed, we’ve all got to buckle down and get serious about reskilling and upskilling if we want to keep pace and stay in the game. Plus, you will ensure that your employees are happy and stimulated while at work, as more than 55% of active full-time workers say that they need more training opportunities.

    To that end, using apps and systems made to simplify upskilling and reskilling is one efficient strategy to promote a culture of continual learning. This article explores the critical role that apps may play in fostering a culture of ongoing learning.

    Availability and Adaptability

    Learning platforms disrupt the conventional boundaries of time and place, redefining how we approach training and education. They give individuals the freedom to learn whenever it suits them, providing a way to easily incorporate ongoing education or training into their hectic schedules. Learning can occur anywhere, at any time, even late at night or during the morning commute. For today’s workers who manage several tasks and frequently find it difficult to set aside time for learning, this flexibility is essential. 

    For businesses this is of utmost importance as improving employee skill sets through upskilling and reskilling is an integral part of growth and future-proofing in today’s competitive market. Additionally, learning apps and systems remove the requirement for physical presence, enabling learners from various geographic regions to access high-quality educational resources. Because of its ubiquitous accessibility, education is made more inclusive and democratic by enabling anybody with a computer or smartphone to start a learning journey.

    Tailored Education

    The capacity of learning apps to provide individualized learning experiences is one of their most notable qualities. Education and training can be made more effective and entertaining by using apps that use adaptive algorithms to customize content to the speed, preferences, and learning style of the user. 

    By catering to each person’s specific demands, the customization of available app options makes sure that the learning experience is neither overly difficult nor too simple. It enables the personalization of learning courses, emphasizing areas in need of development while utilizing advantages.

    However, if you are not satisfied with how certain learning management systems or apps work, you can always use an app maker to quickly and efficiently create an app that will cover your needs, whether it is for educational or business purposes.

    Extensive Selection of Materials

    With their ability to accommodate different interests and learning styles, apps provide an unmatched array of learning tools. With a variety of content options, including podcasts, articles, interactive courses, and video lessons, learners can select materials that align with their preferred learning style. 

    This kind of ability to flip between various kinds of content to make study sessions engaging is essential for sustaining engagement. Additionally, the variety of topics offered encourages curiosity and lifelong learning by enabling users to experiment with new abilities and knowledge domains. Apps offer a full platform for exploration, whether the goal is to explore new subjects or gain deeper skills in existing ones. Anyone who wants to study and improve can achieve the objective of continuous learning because of the availability of a wide range of materials.

    Groups and Cooperation

    Numerous learning applications and systems highlight the value of community and cooperation by establishing areas where learners can interact with professionals and their peers. Through this network, people can ask questions, receive comments, and share insights in a helpful learning environment.

    Participating in group conversations and projects exposes learners to a variety of viewpoints and practical applications for the skills they are learning. This enriches the learning process. In addition to fostering a deeper understanding, these exchanges help people form professional networks that can further their careers. 

    A sense of community within the learning process boosts motivation and dedication to lifelong learning, making the process of learning more pleasurable and fulfilling. Learning applications’ collaborative features emphasize the social component of education and the importance of shared experiences and a pool of information in promoting a culture of lifelong learning.

    Ongoing Evaluation and Feedback

    For upskilling and reskilling to be effective, learning applications must have features like instant feedback and frequent assessments. With the use of these tools, learners can quickly assess their progress and identify their areas of strength and weakness. Through interactive exercises, simulations, and quizzes, users can apply their knowledge to real-world scenarios while getting immediate feedback to reinforce their learning. This ongoing assessment promotes a proactive attitude toward learning, where errors are viewed as chances for improvement rather than as setbacks. 

    Frequent evaluations ensure that learners are making progress toward their learning objectives and help keep them on course. This never-ending cycle of learning, practicing, and getting feedback fosters a dynamic learning environment where advancement is always acknowledged and tracked, boosting motivation and guaranteeing the efficacy of the educational process.

    Conclusion

    Integrating apps into the learning and development strategy of an organization can significantly promote a culture of continuous learning. By offering accessibility, personalized experiences, a wide range of resources, opportunities for collaboration, continuous feedback, and scalability, apps are an invaluable tool in the quest for upskilling and reskilling. 

    As we continue to navigate through a world of constant change, embracing these technologies will be key to ensuring that individuals and organizations alike can thrive in the future of work.

    How to find Stream of the Book of Mormon musical?

    book of mormon musical streaming review

    Can I stream the Book of Mormon musical?

    You can watch via the web, on your phone or tablet, and through Apple TV, Roku or Chromecast. Beyond the Broadway stage, shows were captured in off-Broadway theaters, as well as venues in London’s West End.

    Audio Links

    YouTube link

    Where can I watch the Book of Mormon?

    TypeNameUploadedSizePopularStream URL
    MoviesThe Book Of Mormon XviD Cam SWESUB02-01 20141.13 GiB19https://thepiratebay.party/torrent/9552110/The_Book_Of_Mormon_XviD_Cam_SWESUB
    VideoThe Book of Mormon – Media Pack07-18 20133.77 GiB11https://thepiratebay.party/torrent/8705151/The_Book_of_Mormon_-_Media_Pack
    VideoBook of Mormon – Broadway March 1, 201106-17 2011979.84 MiB7https://thepiratebay.party/torrent/6474694/Book_of_Mormon_-_Broadway_March_1__2011
    MusicMusical THE BOOK OF MORMON – Original Cast Recording05-10 2011125.65 MiB6https://thepiratebay.party/torrent/6380748/Musical_THE_BOOK_OF_MORMON_-_Original_Cast_Recording
    VideoBook of Mormon [Re-Up Stabilized] March 2011 Broadway02-13 20131.49 GiB4https://thepiratebay.party/torrent/8137214/Book_of_Mormon_[Re-Up_Stabilized]_March_2011_Broadway
    MusicOriginal Broadway Cast – The Book of Mormon [2011/CD/MP3/V0] HoT06-10 2011118.96 MiB4https://thepiratebay.party/torrent/6458566/Original_Broadway_Cast_-_The_Book_of_Mormon_[2011_CD_MP3_V0]_HoT
    MoviesThe Book of Mormon Movie 2003 cg entheta.avi11-10 20131.37 GiB3https://thepiratebay.party/torrent/9170780/The_Book_of_Mormon_Movie_2003_cg_entheta.avi
    MoviesBook.Of.Mormon.Original.Cast.Meh.Quality.CroBar09-08 20141.13 GiB3https://thepiratebay.party/torrent/11005083/Book.Of.Mormon.Original.Cast.Meh.Quality.CroBar
    MusicThe Book of Mormon Original Cast Soundtrack05-10 201161.88 MiB2https://thepiratebay.party/torrent/6379829/The_Book_of_Mormon_Original_Cast_Soundtrack

    VisionOS Developer Job Description [First Example]

    Job Title: Software Engineer – visionOS

    Location: [Location]

    Job Type: Full-time/Part-time/Remote

    Responsibilities:

    1. Develop and maintain software applications for visionOS by Apple.
    2. Participate in software design meetings and analyze user needs to determine technical requirements.
    3. Collaborate with team members to determine best practices and client requirements for software.
    4. Develop intuitive software that meets and exceeds the needs of the company.
    5. Manage software projects from start to finish.
    6. Test and debug new software and updates to existing software.
    7. Ensure that all tests and procedures are properly understood, carried out and evaluated.

    Skills:

    1. Proficient with Swift and Xcode15.
    2. Experience in mixed reality development or interest in learning these skills.
    3. Familiarity with ARKit and RealityKit.
    4. Excellent problem-solving skills.
    5. Good verbal and written communication.
    6. Able to work as part of a team.
    7. A degree in Computer Science or related field, or relevant work experience.

    Benefits:

    1. Competitive salary package.
    2. Flexible work hours.
    3. [Other benefits]

    Please provide the required details or specifics and I can help you draft a more personalized job description.

    The average size of home office: A Perfect Workspace

    Are you curious about how large a home office should be? Crafting an ideal workspace within the confines of your home space might seem like a formidable task. However, with the rise in remote working initiatives, it has become more of a necessity to have a dedicated workspace within your home. 

    77% of remote employees say they’re more productive when working from home. With that, over 50% of employees globally work outside of their main office headquarters for at least 2.5 days a week. It’s vital to think about how your chosen furniture items fit with each other as well as how easy they are to put away after work hours. 

    When choosing furniture items, their dimensions should be a key factor in your decision-making process. By carefully planning and implementing a home workspace strategy, you can unlock your creativity and make home working a pleasure. 

    Interested in the average size of a home office? Stick around for an exploration of key considerations and rough estimates of space needed for a cozy home office. 

    Creating a Dedicated Workspace within your Home

    Constantly shuffling items around in a non-dedicated workspace can be highly frustrating. You can circumvent this by setting up a specific area for remote work, this could either be an entire room or just a corner to place your desk and chair. 

    The benefits of a dedicated workspace at your home are numerous. It helps create a work-life balance as it draws a clear line between your personal space and workspace. It aids in keeping you organized and productive as everything you need for work is centralized in one place. It also supports mental well-being by introducing a stable routine. Last but not least, a dedicated workspace means you can have your private space free from distractions from household activities or family members. 

    Having your very own space to work in also lets you mentally separate work life from personal life, making it much easier to clock-out after work. The all-important question here would be – how much space do you need for your home office? 

    Understanding Average Office Size

    There is no exact one size fits all when it comes to home offices. It varies from person to person. Some prefer to transform a spare bedroom into a workspace while some find a corridor desk or a bay window more comforting. This results in a wide range in the size of home offices today. 

    Home offices are designed in sizes ranging from a 50 square feet corner of a room to an entire 150 square feet guest bedroom. Before deciding on what furniture and organizing strategies to use, it’s crucial to scrutinize your space’s availability by measuring its dimensions. 

    The exact size of a home office will be subjective to each individual’s needs and the available space in the home. An ideal home office will typically have enough room to fit a desk, chair, and important office equipment like a computer, printer, or filing cabinet. It should also provide sufficient room for movement and good exposure to natural light by placing the work desk near a window. 

    The primary goal of a home office should be its functionality and comfort for the person working in it. As long as the space is comfortable to work in and equipped with everything needed for work, it is a suitable home office. 

    What if Your Home Lacks sufficient Space for a Home Office 

    In 2020, the average size of a home office was around 150 square feet (13.94 square meters). The ambition to materialize a business idea often overshadows adequate financial support, making home working a viable choice. However, that requires a sound workspace at home.

    In case you lack a dedicated space in your home, there are alternatives. You can make use of a balcony, an adjoining hallway, or even two interconnecting rooms as a makeshift office. 

    Utilizing different sections of limited available space in your home is also a plausible solution. You can assign the primary office to house tools used most frequently, while the secondary office can store other equipment. 

    If there is a short supply of space for a dedicated home office setup, you can consider the following options: 

    1. Utilize Spare Room. If there is a spare room that is not in use, you can convert it into a home office. This solution provides ample space and privacy, though it may not be feasible for everyone.
    2. Make Use of Corners. If there are corners or alcoves falling vacant, consider setting up a desk and chair to create a minimalistic yet functional home office.
    3. Transform Closet Space. An unused closet could double as a home office by setting up a small desk and chair inside. While it provides privacy, comfort could be an issue.
    4. Use Multifunctional Furniture. Furniture items with multiple utilities, like a fold-down desk or a wall-mounted table, can be a great solution. This approach allows you to have a workspace when needed and be tucked away at other times.
    5. Create Portable Workspace. If there is no spare room or corner, consider creating a portable office with a laptop and a comfortable chair. This setup can be relocated across the house as needed, letting you work in your comfort zone.

    It’s all about being innovative with what you have at hand. 

    If your office is near stairs, you might consider designing a shortcut between the rooms through the landing. This space beneath the staircase can also be utilized as additional storage. 

    Boosting Light in Your Home Office

    As it’s crucial to factor in lighting when mapping out your home office setup, especially when space is limited. 

    Remember, even in tighter workspaces, natural light remains a crucial ally. Here are five strategies for enhancing the light in your home office: 

    1. Maximize Natural Light. Positioning your desk near a window optimizes natural sunlight, contributing not only to a well-lit workspace but also to your mood and productivity.
    2. Invest in Task Lighting. Alongside sunlight, consider additional task lighting, such as desk or floor lamps, to illuminate specific areas in your office.
    3. Embrace Light-Reflecting Paint. Light-colored walls help to bounce light around the room, effectively brightening the space.
    4. Install Mirrors. Mirrors can further exploit light, creating the illusion of a larger, brighter workspace.
    5. Consider Light Dimmers. A dimmer switch helps adjust the room’s lighting intensity according to your work demands. This can be useful when your schedule varies or when different tasks require different light levels.

    Positioning your home office near a window ensures generous natural light, fostering a less restricted and more productive work environment. 

    For versatile desk lighting, an adjustable desk lamp might be a good investment. Its beam can be widened or narrowed according to your needs. Before choosing the lamp size, think about the necessary lighting intensity for your workspace. 

    Aside from utilizing natural light and standard lamps, neon signs offer an emerging technique. Personalize the text and graphics to your liking, selecting neon colors that complement your home decor for a chic touch. Neon signs also successfully blend the feel of home and work, enhancing your comfort while working. 

    Exploiting Extra Space in Your Home Office

    Scratching out space for a home office is quite a puzzle. But fully utilizing that area once you’ve claimed it—now there’s a challenge. 

    Even if you’ve successfully etched out a small portion of your home for office use, awkward corners can still pose a problem. These often overlooked nooks, though seemingly tight and uninviting, actually hold uncapped potential. 

    Double It as a Guest Room 

    For many, converting a spare room into a combination of guest quarters and home office proves to be a practical solution, with the underused corner playing a vital role. It’s easy to dock a Murphy bed or modern daybed, which can neatly disappear when not needed, into the space vacated by your home office. This is particularly ideal if you have frequent weekend guests or if your extra room is big enough. 

    Create a Relaxation Zone 

    We get it — not everyone wants to devote their days to poring over paperwork. Sometimes, a warm chit-chat with a loved one is more inviting. Overlooked office nooks can serve as a peaceful respite for these moments. Accommodate more seating for your clients by adding a few comfortable chairs and a coffee table, creating a cozy conversation corner. 

    Design a Reading Corner 

    If you’re suffering from a bookcase backlog in your home office, why not transform that boring corner into a lavish reading retreat? All you need is a plush chair, a task light (or a sophisticated floor lamp), and a small shelf to showcase your book collection. Now, once the computer work is completed, the cozy corner awaits your presence for a relaxing reading session. 

    Consider it for Storage 

    When establishing a home office, storage often takes precedence over a desk and chair. Whether it’s a place to store data or simply some extra storage for stationary, every addition helps. Utilize corners wisely — wall-mounted cabinets conserve floor space, and corner shelves can be easily installed. In home offices, decorative add-ons such as open floating shelves in a corner can add both visual space and interest. 

    Bring in Some Greens 

    Placing an indoor plant in that vacant corner might feel too simple, even insignificant. But have you ever thought of livening up your home office with a bit of greenery? Besides being aesthetically pleasing, plants can prolong your life, enhancing your health and happiness by clearing harmful chemicals from your office air. Never underestimate the potential productivity benefits nature can bring to your workspace.

    Don’t set up shop in the living room or kitchen. These spaces are commonly used right after work (making it harder to switch gears from work to home), and, as common areas, they are rife with distractions, especially in shared residences.

    Having a dedicated space to shut the door and leave your work worries behind is essential if you work from home.

    Closed-off rooms are preferable, but not everyone has access to them. If that’s the case, consider all the spare rooms you have that may be converted into offices. No huge room is needed to house your home office, provided you use your imagination.

    Choosing the Right Desk for Your Home Office

    The cornerstone of any productive home office is a well-chosen desk. Your chosen desk should accommodate both your computer or laptop, and also allow ample room for your legs. The chair you’ll be using is another crucial factor to factor in while selecting your desk. 

    The perfect desk height for a home office generally falls between 29 to 30 inches, leaving plenty of flexible workspace. Given that many people are now accustomed to a remote workflow, which often involves packing away work items at day’s end and primarily using portable tech like laptops or tablets, it’s not absolutely necessary for your desk to be overly spacious. 

    Investment in a height-adjustable desk can better leverage your usable space. Don’t limit yourself to traditional desks, consider options such as laptop desks, console desks, collapsible workstations, or L-shaped corner desks, which can offer more flexibility. Height adjustable desks, particularly electric ones, are becoming increasingly popular due to the greater convenience and reduced physical requirement, a common preference in Scandinavian countries known for their employee-focussed ethos. 

    Start by assessing your space requirements for your keyboard, mouse, laptop, and landline phone. Then, establish how much room you’ll need for any extra hardware and ensure there’s enough space to conveniently open a binder, jot some notes, etc. 

    Picking the Perfect Chair for Your Home Office

    The first point of order? Ensuring your office sports a premium-quality chair. Balancing the scales between an appealing aesthetic and functional comfort can be a tricky business. You certainly don’t want to settle for an eye-catching seat with zero ergonomic benefits, or an oversize, unwieldy office chair, as comforting as they may be for your posture. A smart chair is a convergence of stylish design and sturdy framework. 

    Consider your seat requirements in relation to how you plan to use the office room. Do you need the freedom to roll about the room, or will you be more relaxed with your feet propped up? Identifying your top priorities could help you to determine how much room you can spare for a desk and chair. 

    A well-sized ergonomic chair for your home office should provide a seat deep enough that the user can lean against the backrest without causing pressure to the backs of their knees while maintaining a gap of two to four inches. 

    It’s necessary to adjust your office chair to fit your personal dimensions (height, weight). In a typical office setting, there should be about 10 to 12 inches of clearance between your desk and chair. The ideal chairs will help the user to seamlessly move in all directions: forwards, backwards, laterally, and vertically. 

    This type of stationary activity is known as “active sitting.” As you learn to master active sitting, your core muscles will strengthen, and you’ll notice an immediate improvement in your posture, joint mobility, focus and concentration. 

    Creating a Pleasant Home Office

    Your home office should ultimately be a place you look forward to being in. You can cultivate a cosier, more inviting space by infusing your personal touch into the office’s décor. One easy way to brighten up your work area is with greenery. 

    Incorporate intimate and memorable elements into your home office decoration. Items such as photographs of loved ones, blown-up prints of your favourite video game, or pieces of art you’ve created can all provide the perfect balance between a functional workspace and a personal haven. 

    Maximizing the Perception of Space Your Office

    Born out of necessity, you may have had to get creative and employ a few tricks to give the impression of a larger home office space. 

    When decorating your office, consider using low-bearing furniture. Doing so creates an illusion of taller ceilings and additional floor space. Modernist, low-bearing furniture is particularly effective as it doesn’t obstruct natural light sources, which notably expands the perception of available space in a room. 

    To further enhance the feeling of spaciousness, consider matching molding your wall,, and ceiling creating colors monochromatic effect. By a, the visual flow from paint to molding is smooth and can lengthen the room, giving an illusion of higher ceilings and a larger square footage. 

    Investing in a Home Office – What’s the Price Tag?

    This is a frequently asked question by remote workers, especially in recent years where global events like the Coronavirus pandemic and the conflict in Ukraine have had a dramatic impact on inflation. It’s a common sight to be taken aback by the escalated price tags on items during our shopping excursions. However, setting up a home office can entail valuable deductions from your income tax return, while also cutting out regular commuting costs. 

    Therefore, it may be a wise idea to consider spending a little extra on it. 

    Standing essentials for a home office set up typically involve a desk, computer, and chair. You’ll also need certain tech provisions like internet access, software subscriptions, etc. The cost of these requirements can vary depending on factors like the material quality and manufacturing company. 

    With some enthusiasm and ingenuity, you can set up a functional office for next to nothing or at most $500. However, if you’re considering getting extra accoutrements, your budget may stretch anywhere from $2,000 to $6,000. The decision ultimately lies with what’s most suitable for your personal needs and the state of your wallet.

    Laying Down the Ground Rules

    ​Living in a shared space with roommates, spouses, or children calls for clearly defined rules regarding when and where work hours are to take place. Make it clear to them when they can expect you to be in “off work” mode and when it’s important for them not to interrupt your work time. 

    Establishing these ground rules upfront will significantly contribute to maintaining productivity and promoting a healthy work/life balance, even though it might initially be challenging, particularly with little ones around. 

    Remembering to Take Breaks

    Success in any venture calls for periodic breaks from work to relax and rejuvenate, allowing you to re-engage with your tasks with renewed passion and energy. When working from home, you need to be even more conscious about scheduling break times compared to a traditional office atmosphere. 

     schedule your breaks according to the time or the milestones you’ve achieved. Even a few-minute break from time to time throughout the day can significantly help maintain your energy and productivity levels. 

    Adding a Personal Touch to Your Home Office Setup

    Giving your workspace a touch of your personality can make it feel more your own, considering the substantial amount of time you’ll be spending there. Personal trinkets such as photographs, artwork, and souvenirs can not only reflect your personality but also make your home office feel less like shared space and more exclusively yours. 

    Showcase your accomplishments and accolades. Infusing your workspace with significant objects, family photos, and cherished memorabilia can make your home office a genuine reflection of you. 

    While it’s gratifying to incorporate personal and creative elements in your workspace, be careful not to go overboard as it may clutter your workspace and cause distractions. 

    Conclusion

    A survey found that 74% of professionals expect remote work to become a business standard. Having absorbed the insights from this article, you’re now equipped to determine the ideal square footage for a home office that fulfils your needs. Your workspace can be structured and sectioned based on necessity. The measurements discussed throughout this article will enable you to establish the optimal home office setting for your work-from-home needs.

    TOP100 Staffing companies in United States: Quick Overview

    IT outsourcing is evolving, leading to new concepts like Cloud computing and Cloud staffing. Unlike traditional IT outsourcing, Cloud staffing focuses on delivering specific resources for tasks, often working on a corp-to-corp basis. This approach is quickly becoming a norm in the U.S. job market, with staffing companies playing a crucial role.

    They not only match skills with roles but also offer platforms for B2C job postings. The goal isn’t just to find a job; it’s about finding the right fit, where skills meet the right opportunities, benefiting both employers and job seekers.

    Did you find your company on this list? Here is your reward! Way to go! Download it here.

    Top 100 Largest Staffing Companies in United States in 2024

    RankCompany NameURL
    1Allegis Grouphttps://www.allegisgroup.com/
    2Randstadhttps://www.randstadusa.com/
    3Adeccohttps://www.adeccousa.com/
    4Manpowerhttps://www.manpower.com/
    5Robert Halfhttps://www.roberthalf.com/
    6Kelly Serviceshttps://www.kellyservices.us/
    7Aerotekhttps://www.aerotek.com/
    8TEKsystemshttps://www.teksystems.com/
    9Insight Globalhttps://www.insightglobal.com/
    10Kforcehttps://www.kforce.com/
    11Spherionhttps://www.spherion.com/
    12Express Employment Professionalshttps://www.expresspros.com/
    13Pinnacle Technical Resourceshttps://www.pinnacle1.com/
    14Signature Consultantshttps://www.sigconsult.com/
    15Collaberahttps://www.collabera.com/
    16Modishttps://www.modis.com/
    17Vacohttps://www.vaco.com/
    18Apex Systemshttps://www.apexsystems.com/
    19Yohhttps://www.yoh.com/
    20DISYShttps://www.disys.com/
    21On Assignmenthttps://www.onassignment.com/
    22Hayshttps://www.hays.com/
    23Lucas Grouphttps://www.lucasgroup.com/
    24CyberCodershttps://www.cybercoders.com/
    25Volthttps://www.volt.com/
    26Aston Carterhttps://www.astoncarter.com/
    27Accountempshttps://www.accountemps.com/
    28Pro Staffhttps://www.prostaff.com/
    29TEKsystems Global Serviceshttps://www.teksystems.com/en/services
    30Beacon Hill Staffing Grouphttps://www.beaconhillstaffing.com/
    31Ajilonhttps://www.ajilon.com/
    32Ettain Grouphttps://www.ettaingroup.com/
    33SNI Companieshttps://www.snicompanies.com/
    34Aeropreshttps://www.aeropres.com/
    35Synergishttps://www.synergishr.com/
    36Addison Grouphttps://www.addisongroup.com/
    37Brooksourcehttps://www.brooksource.com/

    Some more recruitment agencies in the US

    RankCompany NameURL
    39The Select Grouphttps://www.selectgroup.com/
    40Experishttps://www.experis.com/
    41PrideStaffhttps://www.pridestaff.com/
    42RemXhttps://www.remx.com/
    43BelFlex Staffing Networkhttps://belflex.com/
    44Diversanthttps://diversant.com/
    45Solomon Pagehttps://solomonpage.com/
    46Genuenthttps://www.genuent.com/
    47TRC Staffing Serviceshttps://www.trcstaffing.com/
    48Synergy Staffinghttps://www.synergystaffing.com/
    49PDS Techhttps://pdstech.com/
    50ResourceMFGhttps://www.resourcemfg.com/

    Overview of the US Staffing Industry

    The US staffing industry plays a vital role in connecting job seekers with employers, providing temporary and permanent staffing solutions across various sectors. Here’s an overview of this dynamic industry:

    1. Size and Growth
      • The US staffing industry is massive, with annual revenue exceeding $150 billion.
      • It has experienced consistent growth over the years, driven by factors such as economic expansion and changing workforce dynamics.
    2. Types of Staffing Companies
      • Staffing companies can be categorized into different segments based on their areas of specialization:
        • Temporary/Contract Staffing: These firms provide short-term or project-based employment opportunities.
        • Permanent/Direct-Hire Placement: They help organizations find full-time employees for long-term positions.
        • Executive Search Firms: These agencies focus on recruiting top-level executives for senior leadership roles.
        • IT Staffing Agencies: They specialize in matching IT professionals with technology-driven companies.
    The popularity of staffing is constant throughout the year, with only small drops on major holidays (July 4, Thanksgiving, and New Year’s Eve).
    1. Industry Trends
      • Technology Integration: Many staffing firms are leveraging advanced technologies like AI and automation to streamline recruitment processes.
      • Gig Economy Influence: With the rise of freelance work arrangements, staffing companies are adapting to meet the demand for flexible talent solutions.
      • Skills Gap Challenges: As businesses face skill shortages in certain industries, staffing companies play a crucial role in bridging these gaps.
    2. Regulations and Compliance
      • The US staffing industry operates within legal frameworks such as labor laws and anti-discrimination regulations to ensure fair treatment of workers.
    3. Impact on Economy
      • By facilitating employment opportunities, the staffing industry contributes significantly to economic growth and workforce development.

    This overview provides a glimpse into the US staffing industry’s scope, growth, key trends, major players in the market, and its impact on both job seekers and the economy as a whole.

    Top recruitment agencies in USA or Staffing firms in US, Staffing company in the United States and locations

    • Robert Half Menlo Park, California
    • 2 Kelly Troy, Michigan
    • 3 Korn Ferry Los Angeles, California
    • 4 Aerotek Hanover, Maryland
    • 5 Manpower Milwaukee, Wisconsin
    • 6 Adecco Jacksonville, Florida
    • 7 Randstad Atlanta, Georgia
    • 8 Lucas Group Atlanta, Georgia
    • Kforce Tampa, Florida
    • 10 AppleOne Glendale, California

    Job recruitment agencies in the USA, including staffing and recruiting services, offer a holistic approach to hiring. They focus on building lasting relationships, not just filling vacancies, ensuring a strategic fit between companies and candidates.

    In the U.S., specialized staffing companies cater to sectors like healthcare, ensuring that professionals find meaningful roles. For tech, SAP staffing firms meet the demand for IT expertise. The top staffing companies guide career paths, offering a vast network and opportunities, even for international candidates, bridging gaps between talent and industries.

    The information is sourced from Forbes, providing a credible background for the data. It’s worth checking their publication for detailed insights and a deeper understanding of the context.

    What are the biggest staffing companies in united states?

    Some of the largest staffing companies in the U.S. include Adecco Group, ManpowerGroup, Kelly Services, Robert Half International, and Randstad. They offer a wide range of staffing solutions across various industries and have a significant presence both nationally and globally.

    The 2+2 Staffing Method: Revolutionizing Recruitment

    Over the past year, I’ve deeply immersed myself in the intricacies of hiring and talent acquisition. With the onset of layoffs in the tech industry, the market has shifted towards offshore staffing. Reflecting on my accumulated experience, I’m eager to share with you a new staffing framework. Show this to your recruiters! I promise, if your project requires rapid vacancy closure, this scheme is worth your time.

    The 2+2 Staffing.

    Dubbed the “2+2 Staffing” approach, this innovative strategy streamlines the hiring process, emphasizing speed and efficiency without compromising the quality of candidates. At its core, the 2+2 Staffing model is designed to present only two candidates for a role within the first two weeks of the search, a concept that caters both to complex and straightforward vacancies.

    The Genesis of 2+2 Staffing

    The traditional recruitment process, often lengthy and resource-intensive, can be a significant bottleneck, especially in industries where talent needs are immediate and specific. Recognizing the necessity for agility in the modern job market, the 2+2 Staffing method was developed to offer a swift yet effective solution to this perennial challenge.

    How It Works?

    The mechanism behind 2+2 Staffing is straightforward yet impactful. Upon engagement, a dedicated team of recruiters embarks on an intensive search, with the objective of identifying and vetting only two candidates within a two-week timeframe. This targeted approach not only accelerates the hiring cycle but also ensures that the quality of candidates is maintained, as recruiters focus their efforts on finding the best possible matches for the position.

    Advantages for Complex and Simple Vacancies

    One of the most compelling aspects of the 2+2 Staffing model is its versatility. For complex roles, where the right talent is often harder to find, the model offers a pragmatic compromise—reducing the number of candidates to two, thereby allowing recruiters to invest more time and resources in ensuring these individuals meet the high standards required. Conversely, for simpler positions, the approach facilitates a rapid turnaround, enabling companies to fill vacancies swiftly and efficiently.

    The Benefit of Focused Recruitment

    By concentrating on only two candidates, recruiters can delve deeper into assessing the suitability of each individual, considering not just their skills and experience, but also their cultural fit and long-term potential within the company. This meticulous vetting process is crucial, especially for roles that demand a high degree of specialization or are critical to the organization’s success.

    Ideal for Urgent Hiring Needs

    The 2+2 Staffing approach is particularly advantageous for businesses facing urgent hiring needs. In scenarios where a vacancy must be filled posthaste, this method ensures that the recruitment process is not only expedited but also retains a focus on quality, thereby mitigating the risks associated with hasty hiring decisions.

    Drawbacks of the 2+2 Hiring Model Compared to 5+21

    While the 2+2 Staffing approach prioritizes speed by presenting two candidates within two weeks, it faces several challenges compared to the traditional 5+21 method, which offers five candidates over 21 days:

    • Limited Selection: Offering only two candidates restricts choice, potentially missing out on the ideal fit available in a broader pool.
    • Decision Pressure: With fewer options, there’s a risk of settling for “good enough” rather than finding the best match, due to the perceived need to make a quick decision.
    • Risk of Overlooking Talent: The fast pace and narrow focus might bypass candidates who could be perfect with more time for consideration.
    • Higher Mismatch Risk: The condensed process increases the likelihood of hiring someone who may not fully align with the company’s long-term goals or culture, leading to possible retention issues.

    In summary, while 2+2 Staffing offers efficiency, it may compromise on the depth and breadth of candidate evaluation compared to the 5+21 model, which provides a wider selection and more thorough decision-making process.

    Conclusion

    As companies continue to navigate the complexities of the modern workforce, the 2+2 Staffing method stands out as a beacon of innovation in recruitment. By balancing the need for speed with the imperative of quality, this approach offers a promising solution to one of the most pressing challenges in talent acquisition today. Whether for a niche role requiring specialized skills or a general position needing to be filled quickly, the 2+2 Staffing model provides a strategic advantage, ensuring that companies can secure the right talent, at the right time, with the right approach.

    TOP 45 Apache Cordova Development Tools

    Apache Cordova is a mobile application development platform which allows you to create mobile apps using HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3 through a set of Cordova development tools which are then turned into a native container allowing you to access the device functions of several platforms.

    Apache Cordova is now one of the most popular and top frameworks for building cross-platform mobile apps as it allows developers to easily write one set of code which can then be published on nearly every platform out there.

    To set off on your Apache Cordova development journey, check out Apache Cordova’s “Get Started Fast” guide with all the information you need to embark on that journey and our blog post that lists the TOP Apache Cordova blogs, newsletters, and online communities.

    You will also need some tools to help you get started, which is why we’ve compiled below the essential tools needed for Apache Cordova development.

    Best 45 Apache Cordova Development Tools and Resources

    • Frameworks
    • IDE
    • CLI
    • Libraries
    • Testing Tools
    • Plugins

    Apache Cordova Frameworks [8]

    Adobe PhoneGap

    PhoneGap is the original and most popular distribution of Apache Cordova. Turn your HTML, CSS and JavaScript into an app on your device in minutes using our simple desktop and developer apps.

    Ionic

    Ionic is a front-end SDK for building cross-platform mobile apps. Built on top of Angular, Ionic also provides a platform for integrating services like push notifications and analytics.

    Monaca

    Comprehensive cloud-powered and framework-agnostic set of tools Monaca supports both online and offline development, debugging with live-reload feature and cloud build experience.

    Onsen UI

    Custom Elements-based HTML5 framework offers a large selection of components and responsive layout support. Onsen UI lets you create professionally designed multiplatform apps without acquiring additional skillset.

    Framework7

    Framework7 is a free and open source mobile HTML framework for developing hybrid mobile apps or web apps with iOS & Android native look and feel.

    Evothings Studio

    Evothings Studio provides Cordova developers with a rapid development workflow, tutorials and example apps for the Internet of Things. Support for Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) and other IoT related technologies.

    Mobiscroll

    Mobiscroll is a collection of cross-platform UI controls for delivering polished iOS, Android & Windows Phone apps. Framework agnostic, use it with plain Javascript, jQuery, Angular, React or Knockout.

    Appey

    Appery.io is a no-code and  low-code app development platform that makes creating hybrid mobile apps, web apps, and progressive web apps (PWAs) easy.s using Ionic framework and cordova. 

    Popular Apache Cordova IDEs [5]

    Visual Studio

    Popular IDE for building cross-platform apps for Android, iOS, and Windows. Complete with advanced build and debugging support.

    NetBeans 8.2

    The NetBeans IDE 8.2 includes sample getting started apps, however it must be tweaked to properly manage plugins. NetBeans is a powerful and intuitive IDE that makes it easier to manage Cordova apps, but you’ll still need to use the CLI anyway from time to time, such as to compile Release builds.

    NetBeans require certain tweaking in order to avoid problems with the Cordova plugins. The built-in plugins manager will fail to install any plugin whatsoever

    Cordova Tools Visual Studio Extensions

    The Cordova Tools Visual Studio extension allows you to debug your code, find commands in the Command Palette, and use IntelliSense to browse objects, functions, and parameters in plugin APIs. This extension works with any Cordova-based project.

    App Builder IDE

    App Builder is a complete IDE for Microsoft Windows which allows to create HTML5 and native apps without programming knowledge. Offers dozens of controls and actions ready to be used in your apps and lot of app samples to learn it.

    NSB/AppStudio

    NSB/AppStudio is an IDE for webapps/native apps. One step install includes complete PhoneGap integration, plus Bootstrap, jQuery Mobile and jqWidgets. Drag and Drop Designer. Easy programming in JavaScript or BASIC. Windows and MacOS.

    TOP Apache Cordova CLIs [5]

    Cordova CLI

    Apache Cordova’s official command line tool.

    Node.js

    The Cordova CLI runs on Node.js which is a JavaScript runtime built on Chrome’s V8 JavaScript engine.

    NPM

    The Cordova CLI is distributed as an NPM package which is the package manager for JavaScript and the world’s largest software registry.

    Cordova Plugman

    A command line tool to install and uninstall plugins for use with Apache Cordova projects.

    Cordova Coho

    Command line tool for Apache Cordova contributors to manage Apache Cordova repositories, and to help with releases and pull requests.

    Libraries for Cordova apps [6]

    Apache Cordova JS

    A unified JavaScript layer for Apache Cordova projects.

    Apache Cordova Lib

    Contains npm modules used primarily by Cordova and plugman.

    Apache Cordova Common

    Exposes shared functionality used by cordova-lib and Cordova platforms.

    Apache Cordova Create

    This module is used for creating Cordova style projects. It also includes support for Cordova templates and can fetch templates from npm and git.

    Apache Cordova Fetch

    This package can be used to install and uninstall Node.js packages using npm.

    Apache Cordova Serve

    This module can be used to serve up a Cordova application in the browser. It has no command-line, but rather is intended to be called using an API.

    Apache Cordova Testing Tools

    Apache Cordova Plugin Test Framework

    The cordova-plugin-test-framework plugin defines the interface for Cordova plugins to write tests and provides a test harness for actually running those tests.
    Tests run directly inside existing Cordova projects, so you can rapidly switch between testing and development. You can also be sure that your test suite is testing the exact versions of plugins and platforms that your app is using.

    Instabug

    Instabug is the top bug reporting tool for mobile apps. It provides the most useful metadata on the market and exceptional user support. It is also known for its “Shake to Send” feature, an intuitive user gesture that automatically activates bug reports from within the apps on which Instabug is installed.

    With each bug report, Instabug automatically captures a screenshot that users can annotate by drawing on, blurring, and magnifying parts of it. Users can also attach further screenshots, voice notes, and screen recordings of the app to provide further context to their report. In addition, Instabug automatically sends detailed user data to developers, including the user steps needed to reproduce each bug, network request and console logs.

    Apache Cordova Paramedic

    Apache Cordova Paramedic runs Cordova medic/buildbot tests locally.

    Apache Cordova Mobile Spec Suite

    Apache Cordova Mobile Spec Suite is a set of automated & manual tests that test Cordova core functionality.

    TOP Apache Cordova Plugins

    Apache Cordova Battery Status Plugin

    This plugin provides an implementation of an old version of the Battery Status Events API. It adds the three events batterystatus, batterycritical, and batterylow to the window object.

    Apache Cordova Camera Plugin

    This plugin defines a global navigator.camera object, which provides an API for taking pictures and for choosing images from the system’s image library.

    Apache Cordova Device Plugin

    This plugin defines a global device object, which describes the device’s hardware and software.

    Apache Cordova Dialogs Plugin

    This plugin provides access to some native dialog UI elements via a global navigator.notification object.

    Apache Cordova File Plugin

    This plugin implements a File API allowing read/write access to files residing on the device.

    Apache Cordova GeoLocation Plugin

    This plugin provides information about the device’s location, such as latitude and longitude. Common sources of location information include Global Positioning System (GPS) and location inferred from network signals such as IP address, RFID, WiFi, and Bluetooth MAC addresses, and GSM/CDMA cell IDs.

    Apache Cordova InAppBrowser Plugin

    You can show helpful articles, videos, and web resources inside of your app. Users can view web pages without leaving your app.

    Apache Cordova Media Plugin

    This plugin provides the ability to record and play back audio files on a device.

    Apache Cordova Media Capture Plugin

    This plugin provides access to the device’s audio, image, and video capture capabilities.

    Apache Cordova Network Information Plugin

    This plugin provides an implementation of an old version of the Network Information API. It provides information about the device’s cellular and wifi connection, and whether the device has an internet connection.

    Apache Cordova Screen Orientation Plugin

    Cordova plugin to set/lock the screen orientation in a common way for iOS, Android, and windows-uwp. This plugin is based on Screen Orientation API so the API matches the current spec.

    Apache Cordova Splash Screen Plugin

    This plugin is required to work with splash screens. This plugin displays and hides a splash screen during application launch.

    Apache Cordova Status Bar Plugin

    The StatusBar object provides some functions to customize the iOS and Android StatusBar.

    Apache Cordova Vibration Plugin

    This plugin provides a way to vibrate the device.

    Apache Cordova Whitelist Plugin

    This plugin implements a whitelist policy for navigating the application webview on Cordova 4.0.

    Apache Cordova WKWebView Engine Plugin

    This plugin makes Cordova use the WKWebView component instead of the default UIWebView component and is installable only on a system with the iOS 9.0 SDK.

    Apache Cordova Templates

    A simple Apache Cordova Hello World application. This is used as the default app template when creating new projects.

    This is a reference for building and publishing Cordova templates.

    Top Apache app development companies list

    • Naked Development Premier Mobile App Studio
      510 Reviews
      United States, Canada
    • Utility Leading Mobile App Development Company
      515 Reviews
      United States, Canada
    • Cubix Award Winning Software Development Company
      532 Reviews
      United States, UAE
    • OpenXcell Hire the Best Mobile App Developers
      577 Reviews
      United States, India
    • AllianceTek Empowering IT Solutions
      519 Reviews
      United States, Canada
    • DianApps Technologies Pvt. Ltd. leading Mobile App Development Company
      54 Reviews
      United States, Australia
    • Idealogic Custom software development for startups
      514 Reviews
      Poland, Canada
    • Attract Group Software development & IT consultancy group
      523 Reviews
      United States, Netherlands

    Badelless Wind Energy: Trends, Companies

    Traditional wind turbines have long been associated with large rotating blades that harness the power of the wind to generate electricity. However, bladeless wind turbines take a different approach by eliminating these spinning blades altogether. Instead, they utilize a phenomenon known as vortex shedding to capture kinetic energy from the air currents. This revolutionary concept reduces maintenance requirements and addresses some of the drawbacks associated with conventional designs.

    Badelless Wind Energy: a Sustainable Solution for a Greener Future.

    By embracing simplicity and leveraging advanced engineering principles, bladeless wind turbines offer several advantages over their traditional counterparts. Their sleek and compact structure allows for easy installation in various environments, including urban areas where space is limited. Additionally, without moving parts such as blades or gears, these turbine systems (fiberglass and carbon fiber reinforced polymer) operate silently and pose minimal risks to wildlife.

    How Badelless Wind Energy Works

    Badelless wind energy, also known as vertical-axis wind turbines (VAWT), is a unique and innovative approach to harnessing the power of wind. Unlike traditional horizontal-axis wind turbines (HAWT) that have large blades rotating around a central hub, badelless wind energy systems have vertically oriented blades that spin around a vertical axis.

    Top R&D Badelless Wind Energy Companies

    The bladeless wind turbine industry should be booming. Why isn’t it?

    The global bladeless wind turbine market was valued at USD 55 billion in 2022 and grew at a CAGR of 10% from 2023 to 2032. The market is expected to reach USD 142.65 billion by 2032.

    Here is a list of popular R&D Badelless Wind Energy Companies:

    Advantages of Badelless Wind Energy

    Badelless wind energy offers several advantages compared to traditional wind turbines. Here are some key benefits:

    1. Reduced Impact on Wildlife: Unlike traditional wind turbines with large spinning blades, badelless wind energy systems have no exposed moving parts that pose a threat to birds or other wildlife.
    2. Lower Noise Levels: Traditional wind turbines can generate significant noise due to the rotation of their blades. In contrast, badelless wind energy systems operate silently, making them more suitable for residential areas and reducing noise pollution.
    3. Improved Aesthetics: The sleek design of badelless wind energy systems makes them visually appealing compared to traditional turbines. They integrate well with the surrounding environment and architectural structures without obstructing views.
    4. Higher Efficiency in Low Wind Speeds: Badelless wind energy technology is designed to harness even light breezes effectively, making it more efficient in low-wind-speed regions where traditional turbines may struggle to generate electricity.
    5. Increased Reliability and Durability: With fewer mechanical components exposed to wear and tear, badelless wind energy systems tend to be more reliable and require less maintenance than traditional turbines. This results in lower operational costs over time.
    6. Safe for Humans: The absence of rotating blades eliminates the risk of accidents associated with conventional turbine designs, enhancing safety for workers during installation and maintenance procedures.
    7. Flexibility in Installation Locations: Due to their compact size and versatile design options, badelless wind energy systems can be installed in various settings such as urban areas, rooftops, or even offshore locations where space limitations might restrict the use of traditional turbines.

    What is the Cost of Developing a New Product?

    Developing a new product can be an exciting venture, but it’s important to understand the costs involved before diving in. The cost of developing a new product can vary widely depending on a number of factors, such as the complexity of the product, the materials and components required, and the amount of research and development needed.

    One of the biggest costs associated with developing a new product is research and development. This can involve everything from market research to product design to prototyping and testing. Depending on the scope of the project, research and development costs can quickly add up, and it’s important to budget accordingly.

    Another major cost consideration is the cost of materials and components. This can include everything from raw materials to specialized components and electronics. The cost of these materials can vary widely depending on the type and quality of the components required, as well as the volume needed for production. Careful sourcing and negotiation can help keep these costs under control, but it’s important to factor them into your budget from the outset.

    Market Analysis for Estimation of a New Product Development Cost

    Target Audience

    Before developing a new product, it is important to identify the target audience. This information helps to determine the product’s features, design, and pricing. Conducting market research can provide valuable insights into the demographics, behaviors, and preferences of potential customers.

    Competitor Pricing

    Analyzing the pricing strategies of competitors is crucial for determining the cost of developing a new product. This information can help to set a competitive price point and ensure profitability. It is important to consider factors such as the quality of the product, the target audience, and the unique selling points of the product when determining pricing.

    Demand Forecasting

    Estimating demand for a new product is essential for determining the potential profitability of the product. Conducting market research and analyzing trends in the industry can provide valuable insights into the potential demand for the product. It is important to consider factors such as the size of the target audience, the pricing of competitors, and the overall economic climate when forecasting demand.

    Overall, conducting thorough market analysis is essential for determining the cost of developing a new product. By identifying the target audience, analyzing competitor pricing, and forecasting demand, businesses can make informed decisions about the design and pricing of their products.

    Conceptualization and Design

    Idea Generation

    The first step in developing a new product is generating ideas. Brainstorming sessions, market research, and customer feedback are some of the ways to generate ideas. As a product developer, I constantly find myself looking for new ideas to bring to the table. It’s important to keep an open mind and consider all possibilities.

    Feasibility Study

    Once you have a list of potential ideas, the next step is to conduct a feasibility study. This involves analyzing the market demand, competition, and technical feasibility. By conducting a feasibility study, I can determine whether an idea is worth pursuing or not. It’s essential to ensure that the product is not only feasible but also profitable.

    Prototype Design

    After identifying a feasible idea, the next step is to design a prototype. This involves creating a physical or digital model of the product. It’s crucial to test the prototype to ensure that it meets the required standards. The prototype design phase allows me to identify any potential issues and make necessary adjustments before moving forward with production.

    Development Costs

    Developing a new product can be an expensive process, and it is important to understand the various costs involved. In this section, I will break down the development costs into three main categories: material expenses, labor costs, and technology and tools.

    Material Expenses

    Material expenses refer to the cost of the raw materials and components that are required to build the product. These costs can vary widely depending on the type of product being developed. For example, developing a new electronic device may require expensive components such as microprocessors and sensors, while developing a new clothing line may require the purchase of fabrics and other materials.

    To keep material expenses under control, it is important to carefully consider the design of the product and look for ways to reduce the amount of material required. This can be achieved by using alternative materials or by optimizing the design to minimize waste.

    Labor Costs

    Labor costs refer to the cost of the people involved in the development process, including designers, engineers, and other specialists. These costs can be significant, especially if the development process is lengthy or complex.

    To keep labor costs under control, it is important to carefully plan the development process and ensure that everyone involved has a clear understanding of their roles and responsibilities. It is also important to set realistic timelines and milestones to ensure that the project stays on track and does not incur unnecessary costs.

    Technology and Tools

    Technology and tools refer to the cost of the equipment and software required to develop the product. This can include everything from computer hardware and software to specialized testing equipment.

    To keep technology and tools costs under control, it is important to carefully evaluate the requirements of the project and look for ways to minimize the amount of equipment and software required. This can be achieved by using open-source software or by renting equipment instead of purchasing it outright.

    Developing a new product can be an expensive process, but by carefully managing material expenses, labor costs, and technology and tools, it is possible to keep costs under control and ensure that the project stays within budget.

    Testing and Refinement

    As a product developer, I know that testing and refinement are critical stages in the product development process. During this stage, we ensure that the product meets the desired quality standards and is ready for mass production. In this section, I will discuss the key activities involved in testing and refinement, including quality assurance, pilot production, and regulatory compliance.

    Quality Assurance

    Quality assurance is an essential part of the product development process. It involves testing the product to ensure that it meets the desired quality standards. This testing can include functional testing, usability testing, and performance testing. By conducting quality assurance testing, we can identify any defects or issues with the product and address them before the product goes into mass production.

    Pilot Production

    Once the product has passed the quality assurance testing stage, we move on to pilot production. Pilot production involves creating a small batch of the product to test the manufacturing process and ensure that it meets the desired quality standards. During this stage, we can identify any issues with the manufacturing process and make any necessary adjustments.

    Regulatory Compliance

    Regulatory compliance is a critical aspect of the product development process. We must ensure that the product complies with all relevant regulations and standards. This can include safety regulations, environmental regulations, and industry-specific regulations. By ensuring regulatory compliance, we can avoid any legal or financial issues down the line.

    In conclusion, testing and refinement are critical stages in the product development process. By conducting quality assurance testing, pilot production, and ensuring regulatory compliance, we can ensure that the product meets the desired quality standards and is ready for mass production.

    Marketing and Launch

    Branding and Promotion

    When it comes to launching a new product, branding and promotion are crucial factors that can make or break the success of your product. As a product developer, I understand the importance of creating a strong brand image and promoting it effectively to your target audience.

    To create a strong brand image, you need to define your brand identity, which includes your brand name, logo, tagline, and brand message. Once you have defined your brand identity, you can start promoting it through various marketing channels such as social media, email marketing, influencer marketing, and advertising.

    Distribution Channels

    Choosing the right distribution channels is another critical factor to consider when launching a new product. As a product developer, I know that selecting the right distribution channels can help you reach your target audience effectively and efficiently.

    There are several distribution channels you can consider, such as direct selling, retail stores, online marketplaces, and wholesalers. Each channel has its own advantages and disadvantages, and you need to select the one that aligns with your product and target audience.

    Sales Strategy

    A well-defined sales strategy is essential to achieving your sales goals and maximizing your revenue. As a product developer, I have learned that a successful sales strategy should focus on understanding your target audience, identifying their needs and pain points, and creating a value proposition that addresses those needs.

    To implement your sales strategy effectively, you need to define your sales process, set sales targets, and track your sales performance regularly. You can also leverage various sales tools and techniques such as customer relationship management (CRM) software, sales training, and sales incentives to improve your sales performance.

    Bottom line

    In conclusion, marketing and launch are critical stages in the product development process that require careful planning and execution. By focusing on branding and promotion, distribution channels, and sales strategy, you can increase your chances of success and achieve your sales goals.

    Why Is Hiring So Hard Right Now?

    In today’s job market after all layoffs 2023-2024, finding and hiring qualified candidates has become increasingly challenging. The combination of multiple factors such as a competitive labor market, changing candidate preferences, and skill gaps in certain industries has contributed to the difficulty faced by employers in filling open positions. This article will explore some of the key reasons why hiring has become more challenging in recent times and provide insights into potential solutions for companies navigating this recruitment landscape. So, let’s dive in and understand what makes the hiring process so tough these days.

    The Current Job Market

    The current job market is experiencing unique challenges and trends that are making hiring proces more difficult. Here are some key factors contributing to the difficulty in finding and attracting qualified candidates:

    1. Low Unemployment Rate: The unemployment rate is at historically low levels, meaning there are fewer people actively looking for jobs. This scarcity of available talent makes it harder to fill open positions.
    2. Skills Gap: Many employers report a mismatch between the skills required for their open roles and the skills possessed by job seekers. Rapid technological advancements have created new skill requirements, leaving many candidates without the necessary qualifications.
    3. Increased Competition: With a limited pool of qualified candidates, businesses face heightened competition from other companies vying for top talent. Employers must work harder to stand out among competitors and attract skilled professionals.
    4. Remote Work Opportunities: The COVID-19 pandemic has accelerated remote work adoption, allowing organizations to tap into a wider geographic talent pool but also increasing competition as companies across different regions can now compete for the same workers.
    5. Candidate Expectations: Job seekers today have higher expectations when it comes to company culture, benefits, flexibility, career growth opportunities, and work-life balance. Meeting these expectations requires additional effort from employers seeking to entice desirable candidates.
    6. Changing Demographics: As baby boomers retire or reduce their working hours, younger generations enter the workforce with different values and preferences regarding employment options. Understanding these shifts is crucial in adapting recruitment strategies effectively.
    7. Economic Uncertainty: Economic fluctuations can impact both employer confidence in hiring decisions and candidate willingness to switch jobs during uncertain times like recessions or economic downturns.

    Navigating this challenging landscape requires businesses to adapt their recruiting strategies accordingly while focusing on building strong employer brands that appeal to potential hires’ needs and aspirations.

    Skills Gap and Changing Technologies

    The skills gap refers to the mismatch between the skills employers need and the skills job seekers possess. In today’s rapidly evolving technological landscape, this gap has become even more pronounced. Here are some key factors contributing to the challenges of hiring in light of changing technologies:

    1. Rapid Technological Advancements: Technology is advancing at an unprecedented pace, introducing new tools, software, and platforms across industries. As a result, many traditional jobs require new skill sets that may not have been necessary just a few years ago.
    2. Lack of Up-to-Date Skills: Job seekers often struggle to keep up with these rapid changes due to limited access to training opportunities or lack of awareness about emerging trends. Consequently, their existing skills can quickly become outdated or irrelevant in today’s job market.
    3. Increased Competition for Tech Talent: The demand for skilled professionals in areas such as data science, artificial intelligence (AI), cybersecurity, and cloud computing has surged dramatically. This high demand creates fierce competition among employers seeking qualified candidates with expertise in these cutting-edge fields.
    4. Training Gaps: Educational institutions may not always provide curriculum aligned with current industry needs or teach emerging technologies extensively enough to bridge the skills gap effectively.
    5. Employee Retention Challenges: Organizations that rely heavily on technology face difficulties retaining employees who possess highly sought-after technical expertise since they are constantly being courted by competitors offering better compensation packages or exciting opportunities elsewhere.

    To address these challenges and close the skills gap,

    Strategies
    1. Companies should invest in continuous learning programs and offer ongoing professional development opportunities for their employees.
    2. Collaboration between educational institutions and businesses can help align curricula with industry demands.
    3 . Government initiatives promoting vocational training and reskilling programs can equip individuals with relevant skills.
    4 . Employers should consider hiring based on potential and transferable skills rather than solely focusing on specific technical expertise.
    5 . Building a strong employer brand and highlighting opportunities for career growth can attract candidates who are willing to learn and adapt.

    By recognizing the impact of changing technologies on the skills gap, employers can take proactive measures to overcome hiring challenges in today’s dynamic job market.

    Increased Competition for Talent

    The current job market is highly competitive, making it increasingly difficult for companies to hire top talent. Here are some reasons why there is an increased competition for talent:

    1. Skills Shortage: There is a shortage of skilled workers in many industries, particularly in technology and healthcare. With the rapid advancements in these fields, employers struggle to find candidates with the right expertise.
    2. Multiple Job Opportunities: The availability of multiple job opportunities gives candidates more options to choose from. This means that companies have to work harder to stand out and attract talented individuals.
    3. Remote Work: The rise of remote work has expanded the pool of potential candidates as location is no longer a limiting factor. However, this also means that companies are competing on a global scale for talent.
    4. Employer Branding: A strong employer brand can be a differentiating factor when attracting top talent. Companies with positive reputations and attractive company cultures tend to have an advantage over their competitors.
    5. Salary Expectations: Candidates often have higher salary expectations due to increased living costs and inflation rates. Employers who cannot meet these expectations may struggle to attract qualified professionals.
    6. Recruitment Strategies: In today’s digital age, recruitment strategies need to be innovative and effective in order to reach qualified candidates before competitors do.
    7. Employee Referrals: Many companies rely on employee referrals as an effective way of finding quality hires quickly; however, this also means that several organizations may be vying for the same limited pool of recommended candidates.

    In conclusion, hiring has become more challenging due to increased competition for talent caused by skills shortages, multiple job opportunities available, remote work trends expanding candidate pools globally, importance of employer branding affecting candidate choices,, rising salary expectations,, need for innovative recruitment strategies,, reliance on employee referrals leading towards shared pool among competing firms.. To overcome these challenges, businesses must adapt their recruitment strategies, strengthen their employer brand, and offer competitive compensation packages to attract the best candidates.

    Impact of Remote Work

    The rise of remote work has significantly impacted the hiring process. Here are some key points to consider:

    1. Geographical Barriers Eliminated: Companies now have access to a larger pool of talent as location is no longer a limiting factor. With remote work, employers can hire from anywhere in the world, allowing them to tap into diverse skill sets and experiences.
    2. Increased Competition for Top Talent: As companies embrace remote work, competition for skilled professionals has intensified. Businesses need to offer attractive compensation packages, flexible schedules, and enticing perks to attract and retain top talent.
    3. Shift in Hiring Criteria: Hiring managers must adapt their criteria when evaluating candidates for remote positions. Traits such as self-motivation, strong communication skills, time management abilities, and experience working independently become crucial considerations.
    4. Technology Dependency: Remote work relies heavily on technology tools like video conferencing software, project management platforms, and collaboration apps. Employers must ensure that both their teams and potential hires are comfortable using these tools effectively.
    5. New Onboarding Challenges: Bringing new employees onboard remotely presents unique challenges compared to traditional in-person onboarding processes. Companies need well-structured training programs utilizing digital resources along with regular check-ins to facilitate smooth integration into the team.
    6. Enhanced Work-Life Balance Appeal: The ability to work remotely appeals strongly to job seekers seeking a better work-life balance or flexibility due to personal commitments or preferences.

    7..Potential Downsides of Remote Work: While there are numerous benefits associated with remote hiring practices; however; it’s important not overlook its potential downsides:

    • Communication challenges due to different time zones
    • Difficulty building team cohesion without face-to-face interactions
    • Increased reliance on written communication instead of verbal cues

    To overcome these hurdles successfully during remote recruitment processes requires clear communication strategies adoption effective use collaborative technologies while considering the unique challenges associated with remote work.

    Candidate Expectations and Demands

    In today’s job market, candidates have higher expectations and demands than ever before. This has made the hiring process even more challenging for employers. Here are some key factors contributing to these heightened candidate expectations:

    1. Competitive Job Market: With a low unemployment rate, candidates have more options when it comes to choosing their next opportunity. They can afford to be selective and prioritize roles that offer better perks, benefits, and growth opportunities.
    2. Increased Transparency: The rise of online platforms such as Glassdoor has given candidates greater insight into companies’ cultures, salaries, and overall employee experiences. As a result, they now expect transparency during the hiring process regarding company values, work-life balance, and career development prospects.
    3. Flexible Work Arrangements: Remote work or flexible schedules have become highly sought-after benefits in recent years – especially after experiencing the COVID-19 pandemic’s impact on remote working capabilities. Candidates now look for positions that offer some level of flexibility to accommodate their personal lives.
    4. Diverse and Inclusive Environment: Today’s workforce values diversity and inclusivity in the workplace more than ever before. Candidates actively seek out companies with diverse teams where they feel respected, valued, and included.

    To meet these increasing candidate expectations:

    • Employers need to clearly communicate their company culture through various channels such as websites or social media platforms.
    • Organizations must emphasize perks like professional development programs or mentorship opportunities to attract ambitious individuals.
    • Companies should consider offering flexible work arrangements or hybrid models that allow employees to maintain a healthy work-life balance.
    • Ensuring diversity in recruitment practices will help attract top talent from different backgrounds.

    Understanding candidate expectations is crucial for businesses aiming to hire effectively amidst this challenging environment.The ability to adapt your recruitment strategies based on these evolving demands will increase your chances of attracting talented individuals who align with your organization’s goals

    Tips for Overcoming Hiring Challenges

    When facing hiring challenges, it’s important to approach the process strategically and adapt to the current job market. Here are some tips that can help you overcome these difficulties:

    1. Craft compelling job descriptions: Clearly define the role and responsibilities of the position, highlighting what makes your company unique. Use strong action verbs and emphasize growth opportunities to attract top talent.
    2. Streamline your application process: Simplify your application form by removing unnecessary steps or questions that may deter potential candidates. Make sure it is mobile-friendly since many job seekers use smartphones to search for opportunities.
    3. Leverage employee referrals: Encourage your current employees to refer qualified candidates from their network by offering incentives like referral bonuses or recognition programs. Employees often recommend individuals who align with company culture.
    4. Utilize social media platforms: Leverage social media channels such as LinkedIn, Facebook, and Twitter to promote job openings and engage with potential applicants directly. Share engaging content about your company culture and values to attract passive candidates.
    5. Consider remote work options: With a growing number of professionals seeking remote work opportunities, consider offering flexible arrangements when possible. This expands your pool of potential candidates beyond geographic limitations.
    6. Collaborate with recruitment agencies: Partnering with reputable recruitment agencies can save time and effort in sourcing suitable candidates who have already been screened by experts in their field.
    7. Invest in employer branding: Enhance your online presence through a professional website, active social media accounts, positive reviews on employment websites, and showcasing employee testimonials or success stories.
    8. Offer competitive compensation packages: Research industry standards for salaries and benefits in order to provide attractive compensation packages that will entice top talent away from competitors.
    Provide comprehensive training: Offer robust onboarding programs tailored specifically for new hires’ needs so they can quickly become productive team members.
    1. Stay proactive and flexible: Continuously monitor the hiring process, adapt your strategies based on feedback, and be open to considering candidates with transferable skills who may not fit all the traditional requirements.

    By implementing these tips, you can enhance your hiring process, attract qualified candidates, and overcome the challenges presented by the current job market.

    Conclusion

    In conclusion, the current hiring landscape has proven to be exceptionally challenging. With a multitude of factors at play, employers are struggling to find suitable candidates for their open positions.

    One key factor contributing to the difficulty in hiring is the unprecedented competition among companies. The demand for skilled professionals has skyrocketed, resulting in a shortage of qualified applicants. As a result, organizations are facing fierce competition from one another as they strive to attract top talent.

    Additionally, the ongoing global pandemic has added another layer of complexity to the hiring process. Remote work arrangements and shifting job market dynamics have further disrupted traditional recruitment practices. Employers now need to adapt and embrace new strategies that prioritize flexibility and remote collaboration.

    To successfully navigate these hurdles and improve their chances of finding suitable candidates, employers must rethink their approach to recruitment. This may involve leveraging technology-driven solutions such as artificial intelligence or data analytics tools that can streamline candidate screening processes.

    Moreover, fostering strong employer branding and creating an inclusive company culture can help attract talented individuals who align with an organization’s values and mission.

    Overall, while hiring may be more challenging than ever before, businesses have an opportunity to innovate their recruitment strategies for sustained success in today’s competitive job market. By embracing change and adopting new approaches tailored towards attracting top talent, organizations can overcome these obstacles and build high-performing teams that drive future growth.

    Electron js Development – Build Cross-platform Software

    Electron.js is a cross-platform software development framework that enables developers to create desktop apps using JavaScript. The framework is an open-source project that is supported by a large community of developers. It is also a popular choice for developing cross-platform software due to its ease of use and flexibility.

    What is Electron js?

    ElectronJS is a popular framework that allows developers to create cross-platform desktop applications using only JavaScript, HTML, and CSS. It’s primarily used for building apps that run on macOS, Windows, and Linux platforms.

    Website – https://www.electronjs.org/
    Github – https://github.com/electron/electron-quick-start

    The framework was created by GitHub in 2013 and has since been used to build some of the most popular desktop applications including Slack, Visual Studio Code, WhatsApp, and Skype.

    ElectronJs is open source and available on GitHub under the MIT license.

    Why use Electron for developing desktop apps?

    In 2022 Electron js will be a popular framework for developing cross-platform desktop applications.

    Electron js allows developers to create desktop applications using web technologies such as HTML, CSS, and JavaScript. Electron js is used by many popular applications such as Visual Studio Code, Slack, Skype, and WhatsApp. Electron js is open source and developed by GitHub.

    Electron js Development Service

    Electron framework enables developers to create desktop apps using JavaScript, HTML, and CSS. It is an open-source project developed by GitHub and is used by companies such as Facebook, Slack, and Microsoft. The Electron js development services can help you create desktop apps that are truly cross-platform and responsive.

    We have a team of experienced developers who are well-versed in the Electron js technology stack and can help you create desktop apps that are powerful and user-friendly.

    ⚡ Skilled expertsSuperior coders
    ✅ Quality guaranteedZero bugs
    ⛱️ Fair pricingMedium and low rates
    ⏰ Fast developmentDeadline dedication
    ✅ Customized assistancePersonalized PM

    This framework has helped companies gain a quick foothold across all desktop markets, focusing on great service over separate products.

    explain Michael Chrobak, CTO at TechLibs.

    Create your next project with Electron.JS, an open-source framework from GitHub.

    While VS Code relies on Electron, Zed, crafted by its original creators, has introduced a new open-source editor. It breaks away from Electron’s framework, adopting a unique approach that accelerates UI performance. This shift makes Zed notably quicker, offering users a smoother and more responsive experience.

    What services does an Electron js development company offer?

    An Electron js development company can offer various services, from developing Electron apps to providing support and maintenance for existing ones. Some companies also offer Electron js consulting services, to help businesses make the most of their Electron js development efforts.

    Here is a list of some of the most common Services that an Electron.JS development company can offer:

    • Electron App Development: The company can develop apps from scratch or port existing web apps to the Electron platform.
    • Electron app Support and Maintenance: The company can provide support and maintenance services for existing Electron apps, ensuring that they remain compatible with new versions of Electron and keeping them up-to-date with the latest security patches.
    • Electron.js consulting: The Agency can advise businesses on how to make the most of their Electron js development efforts, helping CTOs to choose the right tools and technologies for their needs and ensuring that their development process is efficient and effective.

    What are the benefits of hiring an Electron js development company?

    There are many benefits of using an Electron js development company. One benefit is that you can save time by having the company do all the work for you. This is especially helpful if you are new to Electron js development or if you do not have the time to learn all the different aspects of it.

    Another benefit of using an Electron js development company is that they can help you create a more professional-looking project. This is because most companies have years of experience and know how to correctly utilize various Electron js development tools. This way, your project will look more polished and professional when it is completed.

    Additionally, using an Electron js development company can also help save you money in the long run. This is because most companies offer discounts for bulk orders and also give you access to their team of developers at a reduced rate. By working with a company, you can get started on your project right away and get it completed quickly and efficiently.

    TOP Electron js development companies

    ElectronJS development is perfect when you are creating a cross-platform program, using HTML, CSS, and JS.

    1. TOPTAL – Vetted & Handpicked Electron.js Experts For Your Needs. Focus On Your Project, Not Hiring. 95% Trial-To-Hire Success. $0 Recruiting Fee. Top 3% of World-Class Talent On Demand.
    2. TurnKey Labs – Hire “Your” Dedicated Team.
    3. Andersen Lab – Entrust Your Project to Andersen’s Skilled and Experienced Software Developers.
    4. EvonTech – One of the top web development companies in India offering Full Stack Development, DevOps.

    With Electron development from one of these companies, businesses no longer need to exceed their budget to port application from one platform to another or develop different software versions for different devices.

    Have a Project Idea or just need programmers?

    The 7 Famous Electron App Examples to Inspire You

    #1 WebTorrent desktop app

    The guys at WebTorrent decided to step into action – using Electron JS as their basic developing program.

    The result is WebTorrent, the first torrent client working in the browser and one that is completely written in JavaScript and uses WebRTC for peer-to-peer transport.

    #2 WordPress desktop app

    As the true king of content management systems, WordPress deserved a desktop version that is reliable and automated. Thanks to Electron JS.

    #3 Ghost Electron app

    If you have never heard about Ghost, you are not the only one. Ghost for desktop is one of the apps built on Electron and ones that deliver a better user experience.

    #4 Beaker Browser

    Beaker Browser is a participatory browser designed for hackers.

    #5 Pexels Electron app

    This app makes it easier than ever to copy a photo into your clipboard – with only one click.

    #6 Slack desktop app

    Another great app using this JavaScript framework is Slack desktop app for macOS. It was built with the Electron framework that can be easily seen thanks to its faster performance and the frameless look.

    #7 WhatsApp Electron app

    Another popular desktop app that uses ElectronJS is WhatsApp – the most downloaded messenger app. Electron framework helped the WhatsApp developers to cover it all in single cost and wrap around the desktop experience of WhatsApp.

    The tech stack for developing Electron Apps

    Electron js is a cross-platform software that is developed using JavaScript (Mobile, Desktop and Web App). It is an open source project that is used for developing desktop apps. The tech stack for developing Electron js apps includes HTML, CSS, and JavaScript.

    What tech stack does an Electron js development company use?

    An Electron development company will use a variety of different technologies in order to build desktop applications. The most common technology used in Electron apps is JavaScript, as it is the language of the web. Other technologies that may be used include HTML, CSS, and Node.js. The exact tech stack will vary depending on the company, but these are the most common Technologies used in Electron apps.

    What are the benefits of using the Electron js tech stack?

    When it comes to developing desktop apps, the Electron js tech stack is a popular choice among developers. This is because Electron js allows for the development of cross-platform apps that can be run on Windows, Mac, and Linux. Additionally, the use of web technologies such as HTML, CSS, and JavaScript makes it easy for developers to create Electron js apps.

    Some of the benefits of using the Electron js tech stack include:

    • Electron js apps are cross-platform and can be run on multiple operating systems.
    • The use of web technologies makes it easy for developers to create Electron js apps.
    • Electron js apps are lightweight and can be easily distributed.
    • The open source nature of Electron js allows for a large community of developers who can contribute to the project.

    Key Takeaways:

    • Electron.JS is a popular open-source framework that allows creating of strong cross-platform desktop applications.
    • Many enterprise companies already used Electron for our projects. Like: Visual Studio Code, WhatsApp, Twitch, Slack, Figma.
    • Apps on Electron.js can be run on multiple operating systems.
    • Speed your Market time with Electron.JS Application Development Service up to 2x.

    How much does it cost to develop an app with Electron JS?

    You can get started with an app for as little as $1,000. For just $8 an hour, you can get a desktop app developed with Groovy. Of course the cost of your new app will depend on many factors such as its complexity, UI/UX design, and feature-set. So, It’s necessary to work on the scope document to get a accurate cost for your desktop app development.

    My Developers Tips

    Sandboxing  –  isolation of your application in special environment with restricted access almost to everything. See the original apple video explaining this.

    Entitlements -  request for permissions for your sandboxed application. Full security entitlements list can be found here.

    Provisioning profile  –  it’s something that connect your developer account (certificate), bundle and devices that can install your application.

    The most important thing: only applications based on Electron 5.0.13 and 6.1.7 can be published due to Apple policy. Probably something will be changed soon.

    How to Build an Offshore Team for AI Development

    I’m building an offshore tech team for AI software development to tap into global talent and cut costs. With AI transforming industries, having a dedicated team is essential. Whether I’m scaling a startup or innovating in an established company, this strategic move is crucial for staying competitive.

    Choosing an offshore team opens doors to a global network of AI experts. It’s now simpler to collaborate with top talent worldwide, bringing unique insights and skills to the table. This approach not only enhances innovation but also cuts down on the expenses linked to hiring local professionals.

    Understanding the Benefits of Offshore Teams

    Offshore teams can bring numerous advantages to AI software development projects. Here are some key benefits:

    1. Cost-effectiveness: Offshore teams often offer more competitive rates compared to local talent, allowing businesses to save on labor costs without compromising quality.
    2. Access to a global talent pool: By building an offshore team, you gain access to a vast pool of skilled professionals from around the world who specialize in AI software development. This enables you to tap into diverse expertise and find the right talents for your specific project requirements.
    3. Round-the-clock productivity: With an offshore team spread across different time zones, you can achieve round-the-clock productivity by leveraging overlapping work hours between your local and remote teams. This ensures faster turnaround times and reduces overall project duration.
    4. Scalability and flexibility: Offshore teams provide scalability options as they can easily accommodate fluctuations in workload by quickly scaling up or down resources based on project needs. This allows businesses to remain agile and adapt to changing demands efficiently.
    5. Leveraging cultural diversity: Offshore teams often consist of professionals from various cultures and backgrounds, which brings fresh perspectives and innovative ideas when collaborating on AI software development projects. Embracing this diversity fosters creativity, problem-solving abilities, and enhances overall teamwork dynamics.
    6. Focus on core competencies: Outsourcing non-core activities like AI software development frees up internal resources so that your business can focus more on its core competencies such as product strategy, marketing, or customer support.
    7. Reduced time-to-market: By leveraging offshore teams’ specialized skills and experience in AI software development, projects can be executed with greater efficiency leading to reduced time-to-market for new products or features.

    Selecting the Right Experts for Your AI Project

    When it comes to building an offshore team for your AI software development project, choosing the right team is crucial for success. Here are some factors to consider when selecting an offshore team:

    1. Expertise and Experience: Look for a team that has expertise in artificial intelligence and relevant technologies such as machine learning, natural language processing, and computer vision. Check their track record by reviewing past projects and client testimonials.
    2. Domain Knowledge: Consider the industry or domain knowledge of the offshore team. If you’re developing AI software for healthcare, finance, or e-commerce, finding a team with experience in those fields can be advantageous.
    3. Communication Skills: Effective communication is essential when working with an offshore team. Ensure that they have proficient English language skills and are responsive to your queries and updates.
    4. Collaboration Tools: Determine if the offshore team uses collaboration tools like Slack or Trello to facilitate smooth communication and project management across different time zones.
    5. Data Security Measures: Given the sensitive nature of AI software development projects, it’s vital to assess the data security measures implemented by the offshore team regarding access control protocols, encryption techniques, and confidentiality agreements.
    6. Flexibility : Find out how flexible the offshore team is in terms of adapting to changing requirements or scaling up/down resources as needed throughout your project timeline.
    7. Pricing Structure: Compare pricing structures among different offshore teams while considering quality aspects too – ensure transparency about rates charged per hour or milestone achieved versus deliverables provided.

    Remember that thorough research should guide your decision-making process when selecting an offshoring partner for your AI software development needs.

    Setting Up Effective Communication Channels with Your Offshore Team

    To ensure smooth collaboration and efficient workflow, it is crucial to establish effective communication channels with your offshore team. Here are some key steps to follow:

    1. Choose the right communication tools: Selecting appropriate communication tools will greatly impact the effectiveness of your interactions. Consider using a combination of the following options based on your specific requirements:
    • Video conferencing platforms (e.g., Zoom, Microsoft Teams) for face-to-face meetings.
    • Instant messaging applications (e.g., Slack, Microsoft Teams) for quick updates and informal conversations.
    • Project management tools (e.g., Trello, Asana) for task tracking and progress monitoring.
    1. Define clear lines of communication: Clearly define who should be involved in different types of communications to avoid confusion or unnecessary delays. Establish primary points of contact within both teams to facilitate seamless information exchange.
    2. Establish regular meeting schedules: Set up regular meetings at convenient times for all team members involved. This includes kickoff sessions, status update meetings, sprint planning sessions, and retrospective discussions. Consistency in meeting frequency helps maintain a sense of structure and accountability.
    3. Create a shared knowledge base: Develop a centralized repository or knowledge base where important documents, guidelines, specifications, and project-related materials can be accessed by everyone on the team effortlessly.
    4. Encourage open and transparent communication: Foster an environment where team members feel comfortable sharing their thoughts openly without fear of judgment or retribution. Encourage active participation during meetings to promote collaboration among all stakeholders.
    5. Consider time zone differences: If you have significant time zone variations between your locations and that of your offshore team’s location(s), find overlapping hours suitable for synchronous collaboration whenever possible while respecting work-life balance.
    6. Provide detailed project briefs: Ensure that project requirements are clearly documented before sharing them with the offshore development team so that they have a comprehensive understanding of the objectives, deliverables, and timelines.

    By implementing these strategies for establishing effective communication channels with your offshore team, you can enhance collaboration, minimize misunderstandings, and achieve successful AI software development outcomes.

    Managing Time Zone Differences in Offshore AI Software Development Projects

    Offshore AI software development projects often involve teams located in different time zones. Effectively managing these time zone differences is crucial for seamless project collaboration and efficient communication. Here are some key strategies to consider:

    1. Coordinate overlapping working hours: Identify the common working hours between your offshore team and your local team or clients. This ensures real-time availability for meetings, discussions, and immediate issue resolution.
    2. Establish clear communication channels: Utilize collaboration tools like Slack, Microsoft Teams, or Zoom to maintain constant communication across borders. These platforms allow instant messaging, video conferencing, and file sharing capabilities that facilitate effective remote teamwork.
    3. Create a shared calendar: Use a shared calendar tool such as Google Calendar to schedule meetings and important events considering the different time zones involved. This helps avoid confusion and ensures everyone is aware of scheduled activities.
    4. Set expectations for response times: Establish guidelines regarding response times for emails or messages sent during non-overlapping work hours. Agree upon acceptable turnaround times so that delays can be minimized even when there are significant time zone differences.
    5. Leverage asynchronous communication: Encourage the use of documentation platforms like Confluence or project management tools such as Jira to facilitate asynchronous collaboration when immediate responses are not required due to time zone discrepancies.
    6. Plan ahead for critical tasks: Anticipate potential challenges arising from time zone differences by planning critical tasks well in advance whenever possible. Ensure necessary resources are available before team members sign off at the end of their workday.
    7. Embrace flexibility: Foster an environment where flexible working arrangements can be accommodated based on individual preferences and responsibilities within respective time zones.
    8. Promote cultural awareness: Recognize and respect cultural holidays or festivals celebrated by team members across different regions while planning project timelines or deliverables.

    By implementing these strategies, you can effectively manage time zone differences in offshore AI software development projects, optimize team collaboration, and ensure the successful delivery of your project.

    Ensuring Quality and Security in Offshore AI Software Development

    When it comes to building an offshore team for AI software development, ensuring quality and security is of utmost importance. Here are some key considerations:

    1. Thorough Vendor Evaluation: Conduct a comprehensive evaluation of potential offshore vendors to ensure they have the necessary expertise, experience, and infrastructure to deliver high-quality AI software solutions. Look for certifications such as ISO 27001 (information security management) and CMMI (Capability Maturity Model Integration) to assess their commitment towards quality and security.
    2. Clear Communication Channels: Establish clear communication channels with your offshore team from the start. Regular video conferences, instant messaging platforms, and project management tools can help facilitate effective communication, ensuring everyone is aligned on expectations, goals, and timelines.
    3. Strong Project Management: Implement robust project management practices to maintain control over the development process. Agile methodologies like Scrum or Kanban can help track progress through sprints or visual boards respectively while enabling adaptability as requirements evolve.
    4. Code Review and Testing: Enforce strict code review processes where experienced developers review each other’s work for adherence to coding standards, best practices, efficiency, and security vulnerabilities before deployment. Additionally, comprehensive testing including unit tests, integration tests,
      and stress tests should be conducted regularly throughout the development lifecycle.
    5. Data Privacy Measures: Protecting sensitive data is critical in AI software development projects involving user information or proprietary algorithms/models handling intellectual property rights.Ask your vendor about data encryption methods in transit/storage,data anonymization techniques,and compliance with relevant regulations like GDPR or HIPAA(if applicable).
    6. Regular Security Audits: Ensure that regular security audits are performed by both internal teams as well as third-party auditors who specialize in cybersecurity.Such audits can identify vulnerabilities,malware threats,potential breaches,and suggest improvements for better protection against cyber attacks.It’s important to address any identified issues promptly.
    7. Legal and Contractual Protections: Establish clear legal and contractual agreements with your offshore team regarding intellectual property rights, confidentiality, non-disclosure agreements, liability for breaches, and dispute resolution mechanisms to safeguard your interests.

    By following these steps diligently, you can mitigate risks associated with quality assurance and security in offshore AI software development projects. Remember that maintaining open communication channels and fostering a strong partnership with your offshore team is key to achieving successful outcomes while ensuring the highest standards of quality and security are maintained throughout the entire development process.

    Maximizing Efficiency and Productivity with an Offshore AI Software Development Team

    When building an offshore team for AI software development, it’s crucial to focus on maximizing efficiency and productivity. By implementing the right strategies and practices, you can ensure that your team is working at its full potential. Here are some key ways to achieve this:

    1. Clear Communication Channels: Establishing clear communication channels between your onshore and offshore teams is essential. Utilize collaboration tools like Slack or Microsoft Teams to facilitate real-time communication and encourage regular updates.
    2. Define Clear Goals: Clearly define project goals, objectives, and timelines from the start. Break down tasks into smaller milestones to track progress effectively.
    3. Effective Project Management: Implement a robust project management system that allows you to monitor tasks, allocate resources efficiently, and track overall progress easily.
    4. Regular Progress Updates: Schedule regular meetings or daily stand-ups with your offshore team members to discuss ongoing projects, address any challenges they may face promptly, provide feedback when necessary, and keep everyone aligned towards common goals.
    5. Utilize Agile Methodologies: Adopt agile methodologies such as Scrum or Kanban for better task management, flexibility in adapting to changing requirements or priorities, faster delivery cycles through incremental development & testing approaches.
    6. Leverage Time Zone Differences: Take advantage of time zone differences by assigning critical tasks during overlapping work hours between onshore/offshore teams for seamless workflow continuity round the clock.
    7. Encourage Knowledge Sharing: Foster a culture of knowledge sharing within your offshore team by organizing regular internal training sessions or creating documentation repositories where best practices can be shared among team members.
    8. Provide Adequate Resources & Support: Ensure that your offshore team has access to necessary hardware/software infrastructure along with technical support whenever required so that they can perform their tasks without hindrance.

    By adopting these strategies diligently while managing an offshore AI software development team, you can maximize efficiency and productivity. It’s important to remember that effective communication, well-defined goals, agile methodologies, and adequate resources are the key ingredients for success in this endeavor.

    Conclusion

    In conclusion, building an offshore tech team for AI development can be a strategic move for businesses looking to leverage the benefits of global talent and cost-efficiency. By tapping into skilled professionals from around the world, companies can access a diverse pool of expertise and accelerate their AI projects.

    Offshore teams offer several advantages, including round-the-clock productivity, reduced labor costs, and flexibility in scaling up or down resources as needed. With advancements in technology and communication tools, collaborating with remote teams has become easier than ever before. However, it is important to carefully select the right offshore partner based on factors such as technical skills, cultural compatibility, and project management capabilities.

    By establishing clear communication channels and setting up effective collaboration processes, businesses can overcome potential challenges associated with working across different time zones and cultures. The success of an offshore team relies heavily on strong leadership that fosters trust among team members and ensures alignment with project goals.

    3DS Max Render Farms: The Backbone of 3D Modelling in Video Games, Film, and Architecture

    As a 3D artist, I have come to appreciate the importance of render farms in the video game, film, and architecture industries. A render farm is a cluster of computers that work together to render 3D models or animations. It is a powerful tool that can save time and increase productivity by distributing the rendering workload across multiple machines.

    One of the most popular software used in 3D modelling is 3DS Max. It is a powerful tool used in architecture, product design, and entertainment industries. However, rendering high-quality 3D models can be time-consuming, especially for complex scenes. This is where 3DS Max render farm come in. By utilizing the power of multiple machines, 3DS Max render farms can significantly reduce the time it takes to render complex scenes, allowing artists to focus on other aspects of their work.

    Render farms have become an essential part of the 3D modelling pipeline. They have revolutionized the way 3D artists work by providing a cost-effective and efficient solution to the rendering process. In this article, we will explore the benefits of render farms, especially 3DS Max render farms, and how they are used in the video game, film, and architecture industries.

    Overview of Render Farms

    As a 3D artist, I know how time-consuming it can be to render high-quality images or animations. That’s where render farms come in. A render farm is a cluster of computers that work together to render images or animations quickly and efficiently.

    Render farms are commonly used in the video game, film, and architecture industries, where 3D modelling is a crucial part of the production process. By using a render farm, artists can speed up the rendering process and produce high-quality images or animations in a shorter amount of time.

    One popular software used in the 3D modelling industry is 3DS Max. A 3DS Max render farm is a cluster of computers specifically designed to render 3DS Max files. With a 3DS Max render farm, artists can render complex scenes with high polygon counts, realistic lighting, and intricate textures without having to worry about long rendering times.

    In addition to saving time, render farms also allow artists to work on multiple projects simultaneously. By offloading rendering tasks to a render farm, artists can focus on creating new content, improving their workflow, and meeting tight deadlines.

    Overall, render farms are an essential tool for 3D artists in the video game, film, and architecture industries. They provide a cost-effective way to render high-quality images or animations quickly and efficiently, allowing artists to focus on what they do best – creating stunning 3D content.

    3DS Max Render Farm Specifics

    When it comes to 3D modelling, rendering is an essential process that can take hours or even days to complete. This is where a 3DS Max render farm comes in handy. As someone who has used 3DS Max extensively, I can attest to the benefits of using a render farm to speed up the rendering process.

    A 3DS Max render farm is a network of computers that work together to render a 3D model. By distributing the rendering workload across multiple machines, the rendering time is significantly reduced. This is especially useful for large-scale projects that require high-quality renders.

    One of the key advantages of using a 3DS Max render farm is the ability to render multiple frames simultaneously. This means that instead of rendering one frame at a time, the render farm can render multiple frames at once, drastically reducing the overall rendering time. In addition, a render farm can handle complex lighting and shading effects, which can be difficult to render on a single machine.

    Another benefit of using a 3DS Max render farm is the ability to scale up or down depending on the project’s needs. This means that you can add or remove machines from the network depending on the size of the project. This allows for greater flexibility and cost-effectiveness, as you only pay for the machines you need.

    Overall, a 3DS Max render farm is an essential tool for anyone working in the video game, film, or architecture industries. It can significantly reduce rendering times and improve the quality of the final product. If you’re working on a project that requires high-quality renders, I highly recommend considering the use of a 3DS Max render farm.

    Render Farms in Video Game Development

    As a 3D artist in the video game industry, I understand the importance of render farms in our workflow. Render farms help us to render high-quality images and animations in a shorter amount of time, which is crucial in meeting tight deadlines. In this section, I will discuss the considerations for real-time rendering and the integration of render farms with game engines.

    Real-Time Rendering Considerations

    Real-time rendering is a critical aspect of video game development. It requires a high level of optimization to maintain a consistent frame rate. Render farms can assist in this process by rendering assets and lighting separately, which can then be imported into the game engine. This helps to reduce the amount of processing power required by the game engine, resulting in smoother gameplay.

    Another consideration for real-time rendering is the use of dynamic lighting. Render farms can assist in the pre-calculation of lighting, which can then be integrated into the game engine. This helps to reduce the amount of processing power required by the game engine, resulting in smoother gameplay.

    Integration with Game Engines

    The integration of render farms with game engines is crucial in maintaining a streamlined workflow. Many game engines, such as Unity and Unreal Engine, have built-in support for render farms. This allows for the seamless transfer of assets between the game engine and the render farm.

    Render farms can also assist in the creation of high-quality cinematics and cutscenes. By rendering these separately from the game engine, the quality of the final product can be significantly improved. This helps to create a more immersive experience for the player.

    In conclusion, render farms are a crucial component in the video game development process. They assist in the creation of high-quality assets and lighting, as well as the optimization of real-time rendering. The integration of render farms with game engines helps to maintain a streamlined workflow, resulting in a more immersive experience for the player.

    Render Farms in the Film Industry

    As a 3D artist working in the film industry, I have seen firsthand how important render farms are for creating the stunning visuals that audiences expect. Render farms are a crucial tool for handling the massive amounts of data required to create high-quality 3D models and animations.

    High-Resolution Rendering

    One of the main benefits of using a render farm in the film industry is the ability to render high-resolution images quickly. With the increasing demand for high-quality visuals in movies, TV shows, and commercials, it’s essential to have a powerful rendering solution that can handle large-scale projects.

    Render farms can distribute the rendering workload across multiple machines, allowing artists to render high-resolution images in a fraction of the time it would take on a single computer. This not only speeds up the production process but also ensures that projects are completed on time and within budget.

    Special Effects and Animation

    In addition to high-resolution rendering, render farms are also essential for creating special effects and animations. From explosions and fire to realistic water and weather effects, special effects are an integral part of modern filmmaking.

    Render farms can handle the complex calculations required for creating these effects, allowing artists to focus on the creative aspects of their work. With the ability to render complex scenes quickly, artists can experiment with different lighting, camera angles, and effects without worrying about long render times.

    Overall, render farms are a critical tool for 3D artists working in the film industry. By providing the processing power needed to handle large-scale projects and complex effects, render farms allow artists to focus on their creative vision and bring their ideas to life on the big screen.

    Render Farms in Architecture

    As an architect, I have found render farms to be an indispensable tool for creating high-quality visualizations of my designs. Render farms allow me to render large and complex 3D models quickly and efficiently, which is essential when working on tight deadlines.

    Architectural Visualization

    One of the key benefits of using a render farm for architectural visualization is the ability to create photorealistic images that accurately represent the design. This is particularly important when presenting designs to clients or stakeholders, as it allows them to visualize the final product in great detail.

    Render farms also allow me to experiment with different materials, lighting, and camera angles, which can help me refine the design and make better decisions about the final product. This level of detail and accuracy is essential in the architecture industry, where every detail matters.

    Virtual Walkthroughs

    Another way that render farms are used in the architecture industry is for creating virtual walkthroughs. These are essentially 3D animations that allow clients to explore the design in a more immersive way.

    Virtual walkthroughs can be used to showcase different design options, demonstrate how the space will be used, and provide a more detailed understanding of the design. This can be particularly useful for large and complex projects, where it may be difficult to visualize the final product from 2D plans alone.

    Overall, render farms are an essential tool for architects who want to create high-quality visualizations and virtual walkthroughs of their designs. By using a render farm, I can save time, improve accuracy, and create a more immersive experience for my clients.

    Technical Aspects of Render Farms

    Hardware Components

    The hardware components of a render farm are crucial to its performance. The most important component is the CPU, which is responsible for processing the rendering tasks. A render farm may have multiple CPUs, each with multiple cores, to handle large and complex renderings efficiently.

    In addition to CPUs, render farms also require a large amount of RAM to store the data and instructions required for rendering. The amount of RAM required depends on the size and complexity of the rendering.

    Storage is another important component of a render farm. The render farm must have enough storage capacity to store the 3D models, textures, and other assets required for rendering. The storage must also be fast enough to keep up with the rendering tasks.

    Network Infrastructure

    The network infrastructure of a render farm is also critical to its performance. A render farm typically consists of multiple computers connected to a network. The network must be fast and reliable to ensure that the rendering tasks are distributed efficiently and completed on time.

    Render farms may use a variety of network topologies, including client-server, peer-to-peer, and cloud-based architectures. Each topology has its advantages and disadvantages, and the choice depends on the specific requirements of the rendering project.

    Software and Automation

    The software and automation tools used in a render farm are essential for managing the rendering tasks efficiently. Render farms use specialized rendering software, such as 3DS Max, to process the rendering tasks.

    Automation tools, such as job schedulers and render managers, are used to manage the rendering tasks and distribute them across the network. These tools help to optimize the rendering process and ensure that the tasks are completed on time.

    In addition, render farms may use monitoring and reporting tools to track the progress of the rendering tasks and identify any issues that may arise. These tools help to ensure that the rendering process is running smoothly and that the final output is of the highest quality.

    Challenges and Solutions in Render Farming

    Scalability Issues

    One of the major challenges in render farming is scalability. As projects grow in complexity and size, the demand for computing resources increases exponentially. This can lead to long rendering times and potentially missed deadlines. To overcome this challenge, it is important to have a flexible and scalable infrastructure that can handle the workload. One solution is to use cloud-based render farms that can dynamically allocate resources based on demand. This can help to reduce rendering times and improve overall efficiency.

    Data Security

    Another challenge in render farming is data security. With large amounts of sensitive data being processed, it is important to ensure that the data is protected from unauthorized access and cyber-attacks. To mitigate this risk, it is important to implement strong security measures such as encryption, access controls, and firewalls. It is also important to regularly monitor and audit the system to identify any potential vulnerabilities and address them promptly.

    Cost Management

    Render farming can be a costly endeavor, especially for smaller studios or independent artists. To manage costs, it is important to carefully plan and budget for the project. This includes estimating the required resources and selecting the most cost-effective solution. It is also important to optimize the rendering process to minimize the amount of time and resources required. This can be achieved through techniques such as distributed rendering and efficient scene management.

    In summary, render farming presents several challenges that can impact the efficiency and success of a project. By implementing scalable infrastructure, strong security measures, and cost-effective solutions, these challenges can be mitigated and the rendering process can be optimized for maximum efficiency.

    Future of Render Farms

    Technological Advancements

    As technology continues to advance, the future of render farms looks promising. With the development of new hardware and software, render farms will be able to process more data at faster speeds, allowing for quicker turnaround times and improved efficiency.

    One of the most significant technological advancements in recent years is the use of GPU rendering. This technology has revolutionized the way render farms operate, as it allows for faster rendering times and improved quality. As GPU technology continues to improve, we can expect to see even more significant advancements in the future.

    Cloud-Based Solutions

    Cloud-based solutions like the RANCH are becoming increasingly popular in the world of render farms. This technology allows for greater flexibility, as users can access their render farms from anywhere in the world. Additionally, cloud-based solutions are often more cost-effective than traditional render farms, as users only pay for the resources they need.

    As cloud technology continues to improve, we can expect to see even more significant advancements in the world of render farms. Cloud-based solutions will become more accessible and affordable, allowing even small businesses to take advantage of the benefits of render farms.

    Sustainability in Rendering

    Sustainability is becoming an increasingly important issue in the world of rendering. As the demand for rendering services continues to grow, it is important to consider the environmental impact of these services.

    Many render farms are now taking steps to reduce their carbon footprint. This includes using renewable energy sources, such as solar and wind power, and implementing energy-efficient hardware and software. As the importance of sustainability continues to grow, we can expect to see more render farms taking similar steps to reduce their impact on the environment.

    In conclusion, the future of 3D render farm is bright. With the continued development of technology, the rise of cloud-based solutions, and a growing focus on sustainability, we can expect to see even more significant advancements in the world of rendering in the years to come.

    Exit mobile version